424B3

424B3 1 d508854d424b3.htm 424B3 424B3

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-257969


PROSPECTUS

LOGO

Up to 85,795,425 Shares of Class A Common Stock

Up to 13,333,328 Shares of Class A Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of Warrants

Up to 833,333 Warrants to Purchase Class A Common Stock

This prospectus relates to the issuance by us of an aggregate of up to 13,333,328 shares of our Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), which consists of (i) 833,333 shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of warrants (the “Forward Purchase Warrants”) issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, dated January 13, 2021, by and among the Company and Crescent Capital, and the transferee joinders thereto, by and between the Company and third party transferees (the “Forward Purchase”) and (ii) up to 12,499,995 shares of common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of public warrants (the “Public Warrants” and, together with the Forward Purchase Warrants, the “Warrants”). We will receive the proceeds from the cash exercise of any Warrants.

This prospectus also relates to the offer and sale from time to time by the selling shareholders named in this prospectus or their permitted transferees (the “Selling Shareholders”) of (i) up to 85,795,425 shares of common stock consisting of (a) up to 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Forward Purchase Shares”) issued in the Forward Purchase, (b) up to 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock (the “PIPE Shares”) issued on June 18, 2021 in a private placement pursuant to subscription agreements, dated January 13, 2021, (c) up to 74,962,092 additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 18, 2021, among us and the Selling Shareholders, granting such holders registration rights with respect to such shares, and (d) up to 833,333 shares of Common Stock underlying the Forward Purchase Warrants and (ii) up to 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock or Warrants by the Selling Shareholders pursuant to this prospectus.

The Selling Shareholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the securities hereby registered publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. We will not receive any of the proceeds from such sales of the shares of Common Stock or Warrants, except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of the Warrants. We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of these securities, including with regard to compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws. Additional information on the Selling Shareholders, and the times and manner in which they may offer and sell the securities under this prospectus, is provided under “Selling Shareholders” and “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus.

Our Common Stock and Public Warrants are listed on The Nasdaq Global Select Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “LVOX” and “LVOXW,” respectively. On April 26, 2022, the last reported sales price of our Common Stock was $3.03 per share and the last reported sales price of our Public Warrants was $0.38 per warrant.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as that term is defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, are subject to certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our securities involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors ” section beginning on page 20 of this prospectus and in any applicable prospectus supplement.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is April 28, 2022

TABLE OF CONTENTS


FREQUENTLY USED TERMS			iv
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS			vii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY			1
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			19
RISK FACTORS			20
USE OF PROCEEDS			58
DIVIDEND POLICY			59
BUSINESS			60
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			78
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS			98
MANAGEMENT			100
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			109
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES			118
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT			128
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS			130
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS			133
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION			137
LEGAL MATTERS			141
EXPERTS			142
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION			143

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA AND FORECASTS

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning LiveVox’s industry, its business and the markets in which it operates is based on information from independent industry or research organizations, other industry publications, surveys and forecasts, and LiveVox management estimates. LiveVox management estimates are derived from publicly available information released by independent industry analysts and other third-party sources, as well as data from LiveVox’s internal research and tracking mechanisms, and are based on assumptions made by LiveVox upon reviewing such data and LiveVox’s knowledge of its industry and markets, which we and LiveVox believe to be reasonable. We are responsible for all of the disclosure in this prospectus and while we believe the data from the sources described above to be accurate and complete, neither we nor LiveVox have independently verified data from these sources or obtained third-party verification of market share data and this information may not be reliable. This information generally involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such information, projections or estimates. In addition, customer preferences can and do change. Industry publications and other reports LiveVox has obtained from independent parties generally state that the data contained in these publications or other reports have been obtained in good faith or from sources considered to be reliable, but they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such data. References herein to LiveVox being a leader in a market or service category refers to LiveVox’s belief that it has a leading market share position in each specified market, unless the context otherwise requires. In addition, the discussion herein regarding LiveVox’s various markets is based on how LiveVox defines the markets for its products and services, which products may be either part of larger overall markets or markets that include other types of products.

Assumptions and estimates of our and LiveVox’s future performance are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry.” These and other factors could cause our future performance to differ materially from our assumptions and estimates. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus contains some of LiveVox’s or its subsidiaries’ trademarks, service marks and trade names, including, among others, LiveVox and SpeechIQ and other names of certain of LiveVox’s products. Each one of these trademarks, service marks or trade names is either (1) a registered trademark of LiveVox or one of its subsidiaries, (2) a trademark for which LiveVox or one of its subsidiaries has a pending application, or (3) a trade name or service mark for which LiveVox or one of its subsidiaries claims common law rights. All other trademarks, trade names or service marks of any other company appearing in this prospectus belong to their respective owners. The use or display of other parties’ trademarks, service marks or trade names is not intended to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us or LiveVox by, these other parties.

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are presented without the TM, SM and ^® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we, LiveVox or the applicable licensors will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our, LiveVox’s or the applicable licensors’ respective rights to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

iii

FREQUENTLY USED TERMS

Unless otherwise stated or unless the context otherwise requires, in this prospectus:

“AI” means artificial intelligence.

“Amended and Restated Bylaws” means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

“Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement entered into at the closing of the Business Combination by the Company, Ms. Briscoe and Messrs. Gauthier and Turner, the SPAC Sponsor and the LiveVox Stockholder.

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Business Combination” means the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, which included: (i) the merger of First Merger Sub with and into LiveVox, with LiveVox continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company as a consequence; and (ii) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the merger of the Surviving Corporation with and into Second Merger Sub with Second Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity.

“CCaaS” means cloud-hosted Contact Center as a Service.

“CCPA” means the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018.

“Common Stock” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

“Company,” “LiveVox,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean LiveVox Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

“Crescent” means Crescent Acquisition Corp, a Delaware corporation and blank check company.

“Crescent Capital” Crescent Capital Group Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership and an affiliate of the SPAC Sponsor.

“CRM” means customer relationship management, a system that centralizes and standardizes key customer interactions and data into a single database, creating unified customer profiles with insight across the entire customer journey.

“DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

“Earn-Out Shares” means the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the LiveVox Stockholder and held in an escrow account, subject to release to the LiveVox Stockholder only if the price of Common Stock trading on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange exceeds certain thresholds during the seven-year period following the closing of the Business Combination, any Earn-Out Shares not released during such period will be forfeited and canceled for no consideration.

“Escrowed Shares” means, collectively, the Lock-Up Shares and Earn-Out Shares.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“FCC” means the U.S. Federal Communications Commission.

“First Merger” means the merger of First Merger Sub with and into LiveVox, with LiveVox continuing as the surviving corporation and becoming a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

“First Merger Sub” means Function Acquisition I Corp, a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

“Forward Purchase Agreement” means the Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 13, 2021, by and between the Company and Crescent Capital, pursuant to which Crescent Capital has committed to purchase, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Forward Purchase Agreement, including a lock-up period that restricts the transfer of securities issued pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and registration rights granted thereto, an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock plus 833,333 Warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000 in cash in a private placement that will close immediately prior to the Business Combination, which such commitment Crescent Capital may assign, in whole or in part, to certain transferees, including, but not limited to, its current or prospective limited partners.

“Forward Purchasers” means Crescent Capital and any third-party transferees to which Crescent Capital has assigned or may assign, in whole or in part, its commitment under the Forward Purchase Agreement to purchase 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock plus 833,333 Warrants for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000 in cash in a private placement that will close immediately prior to the Business Combination, such possible transferees, including, but not limited to, Crescent Capital’s current or prospective limited partners.

“FTC” means the U.S. Federal Trade Commission.

“U.S. GAAP” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

“GDPR” means the General Data Protection Regulation.

“Golden Gate Capital” means Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund, L.P., Golden Gate Capital Opportunity Fund-A, L.P., GGCOF Third-Party Co-Invest, L.P., GGCOF Executive Co-Invest, L.P., GGCOF IRA Co-Invest, L.P., GGC Administration, L.P and affiliates thereof.

“Incentive Plan” means the LiveVox 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

“IPO” means the Company’s initial public offering, consummated on March 12, 2019, through the sale of 25,000,000 Units at $10.00 per Unit.

“LiveVox Stockholder” or “LiveVox TopCo” means LiveVox TopCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the sole stockholder of LiveVox Common Stock and preferred stock as of immediately prior to the effective time of the First Merger.

“Lock-Up Shares” means the total of 2,543,750 converted shares of Common Stock held by the SPAC Sponsor and certain of our independent directors immediately following the closing of the Business Combination upon the automatic conversion of shares of Class F common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, which were placed in an escrow account to be subject to release only if the price of Common Stock trading on Nasdaq or another national securities exceeds certain thresholds during the seven-year period following the closing of the Business Combination. Any of the Lock-Up Shares not released during such period will be forfeited and canceled for no consideration.

“Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 13, 2021, by and among the Company, First Merger Sub, Second Merger Sub, LiveVox and GGC Services Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, solely in its capacity as the representative, agent and attorney-in-fact of the stockholders of LiveVox thereunder.

“Mergers” means the First Merger and the Second Merger, together.

“Nasdaq” means The Nasdaq Global Select Market.

“OBIP” means the Option-Based Incentive Plan established by LiveVox in 2014.

“PIPE Investors” means the investors who are parties to Subscription Agreements, pursuant to which such investors have collectively subscribed for 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $75,000,000 in cash in private placements closed immediately prior to the Business Combination.

“PIPE Shares” means an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the PIPE Investors.

“Public Warrants” means the 12,499,995 Warrants that were issued as part of our Units in our IPO, each of which is exercisable for one share of Common Stock, in accordance with its terms.

“SaaS” means software as a service.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation” means the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

“Second Merger” means the merger of the Surviving Corporation with and into Second Merger Sub with Second Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity as part of the Business Combination.

“Second Merger Sub” means Function Acquisition II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“SPAC Sponsor” means CFI Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“Subscription Agreements” means, collectively, those certain subscription agreements entered into on January 13, 2021, between the Company and the PIPE Investors.

“Surviving Corporation” means the surviving corporation resulting from the First Merger.

“Transfer Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as the Company’s transfer agent.

“Units” mean units of the Company, each consisting of one share of Common Stock and one-half of one Warrant.

“VCIP” means the Value Creation Incentive Plan established by LiveVox in 2014.

“voice products” means the voice portion of omnichannel and AI.

“Warrant Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company as the Company’s warrant agent.

“Warrants” means the Forward Purchase Warrants and the Public Warrants.

“WFO” means workforce optimization, a suite of tools and analytics designed to improve contact center operations, productivity, compliance, and overall customer satisfaction.

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) using the “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, the Selling Shareholders may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Shareholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any Warrants. We will receive proceeds from any exercise of the Warrants for cash.

Neither we nor the selling shareholders have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the selling shareholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the selling shareholders will make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

We may also provide a prospectus supplement or an additional post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

vii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Before making your investment decision with respect to our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the information under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Business Overview

LiveVox is a next generation, cloud-based contact-center-as-a-service (“CCaaS”) platform focused on deployments in both mid-market and enterprise organizations. Our mission is to help contact centers maximize their performance by seamlessly integrating omnichannel communications (voice, email, chat, SMS, etc.), artificial intelligence (“AI”), customer relationship management (“CRM”) and workforce optimization (“WFO”), in an easy-to-implement and easy-to-optimize platform. Built on a scalable, public cloud infrastructure, LiveVox can serve as a self-contained, out-of-the-box solution, or as a foundational platform that connects to other services through application programming interfaces (“APIs”). Facilitating more than 14 billion transactions annually, we have built a differentiated approach to the contact center software market, complemented by an attractive financial model.

•

Large and growing CCaaS market opportunity: The contact center market is in the early stages of a shift to cloud-based solutions and we estimate that the vast majority of call center agents are not using cloud-based solutions today. Various trends are driving this transition, including digital transformation, the automation of manual contact center labor, and the need for AI-enabled analytics to support omnichannel workflows and agents. We estimate the contact center market to be approximately $27 billion for 2021, of which approximately $4 billion is comprised of cloud-based solutions. LiveVox and other industry sources estimate the total spend of this market to reach approximately $83 billion by 2030. As enterprises continue to execute on their digital transformation strategies, we believe we are well positioned to capture a meaningful amount of this growth as we increase our investment in sales and marketing to educate more potential customers about our platform.

•

Differentiated product: We offer a cloud-based, enterprise-focused contact center solution. The LiveVox Platform consists of innovative cloud-based AI and omnichannel offerings, anchored by its native CRM solution. Our products are designed to enable customers to remove legacy technology barriers and accelerate adoption of cloud-based solutions, regardless of their digital transformation journey status. Our platform is configured with features and functionalities as well as compliance standards and capabilities, and integrations with many existing third-party solutions, providing customers with a simple and scalable implementation process. We believe that our integrated offering accelerates the adoption of cloud-based contact center solutions, eliminates data silos, and allows our users to maximize engagement with their customers and create differentiated end user experiences. We believe that we are currently the only company to offer a product that integrates Omnichannel, Contact Center, CRM, WFO and AI capabilities in a single offering.

•

Integration: Our products integrate AI and omnichannel capabilities under one platform, alongside CRM and WFO functionalities, equipping customers with a single platform to support their contact center capabilities while providing consistent platform-wide analysis and reporting.

•

all customer conversations. Additionally, the platform provides a variety of integration methods, from data exchange methods, APIs, visual integration points through our embedded framework to a Robotic Process Automation library. Moreover, the CRM platform is used for a number of out-of-the-box use-cases, such as delivering customer service and ticketing functionality, lead management workflows and follow-up cadences, and agent guides and knowledge management tools.

•

Enterprise-grade architecture: We offer enterprise-grade compliance, security, and governance capabilities that benefit our customers, many of whom are in highly regulated industries. While our platform is scalable for businesses of all sizes, currently it primarily serves enterprise companies with complex contact center needs, interactions in the millions, and use cases focused on the needs of a modern contact center.

•

Attractive financial profile, underpinned by the following qualities:

•

Recurring revenue model: We typically sell our products to customers under one- to three-year subscription contracts that stipulate a minimum amount of monthly usage and associated revenue with the ability for the customer to consume more usage above the minimum contract amount each month. Our subscription revenue is comprised of the minimum usage revenue under contract (which we call “contract revenue”) and amounts billed for usage above the minimum contract value (which we call “excess usage revenue”), both of which are recognized on a monthly basis following deployment to the customer. Excess usage revenue is deemed to be specific to the month in which the usage occurs, since the minimum usage commitments reset at the beginning of each month. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our total revenue was $119.2 million, 98% of which was subscription revenue (including contract revenue and excess usage revenue), with the remainder consisting of professional services and other non-recurring revenue derived from the implementation of our products.

•

Attractive unit economics: We benefit from strong sales efficiency, driven by the productivity of our salesforce and flexible commercial model. This model seeks to meet customers at any stage of their digital transformation by utilizing a “land and expand” strategy that allows us to provide a subset of our full contact center solution to meet a customer’s initial requirements, and then expand that relationship by providing more features and functionality that empowers the customer to continue on their journey to greater digital and AI adoption. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our net revenue retention rate for the last twelve month period (“LTM”) was 105%, and our average net revenue retention rate was 112% over the period 2018 to 2021. We estimate that the average calculated lifetime value of our customers is approximately 7 times the associated cost of acquiring them for the time period from 2018 to 2021.

We intend to build on this foundation and have strategically increased our sales and marketing investment to capture future opportunities, including by increasing the size and reach of our go-to-market organization, expanding our channel and geographic presence, and continuing to build on the efficiency and productivity of our salesforce.

Shift to Cloud-Based CCaaS Solutions

We believe that the vast majority of today’s businesses are still using on-premise solutions and that the market for cloud-based contact center software is growing rapidly, driven by a number of factors including the following:

•

transactions occur online and not in a physical storefront, the contact center plays a bigger role in a consumer’s learning and buying process. Consumers’ preferences are moving away from voice to digital, and our platform enables companies to provide a digital-first service option.

•

Automation of manual labor: Human labor has traditionally been a necessity and the largest area of spend for the contact center. However, modern AI and cloud technologies support offerings that streamline manual processes. As these solutions reach cost and performance parity with manual labor, we expect their penetration to further increase.

•

Increased focus on customer experience: In the past, contact centers were viewed primarily as cost centers. Today, they are viewed as an important part of the customer experience, and, ultimately, the enterprise brand. As a result, the contact center is viewed as a key point of contact in facilitating a high-value customer experience. Contact centers are increasingly focused on user engagement, resulting in greater focus on AI-enabled analytics and CRM. Organizations are subsequently evaluating their technology strategies and the role of the contact center agent, and increasingly shifting to cloud-based solutions.

•

Increased demand for work-from-home flexibility: Historically, organizations viewed on-premise infrastructure as better suited for deployments with significant security, compliance, and governance requirements. Those beliefs have evolved more towards acceptance of cloud-based solutions in recent years. The COVID-19 pandemic accelerated this evolution, as it caused a rapid increase in remote work and distributed workforces.

LiveVox’s Market Opportunity

Our CCaaS market opportunity consists of the total spend on contact center software solutions. We estimate this market to have been approximately $27 billion in 2021, of which approximately $4 billion was comprised of cloud-based solutions and we estimate the market to reach approximately $83 billion by 2030. While the contact center market is our initial focus, we are seeing a major convergence take place as the CCaaS market converges with the CRM market, as well as digital-first service platforms. This convergence, along with our product set, positions us well to capture the newly converged marketplace and deliver our clients a solution that is easy to deploy and manage.

We believe that the majority of our addressable market is unpenetrated today. Over time, we expect our total addressable market to grow considerably, due to a combination of cloud-based market tailwinds, our shift into new products to expand our addressable market, and contact center labor automation.

LiveVox’s Offerings

LOGO

Our cloud-based contact center platform is a comprehensive, integrated suite of omnichannel, AI, CRM, and WFO capabilities. Our platform is differentiated by the following characteristics:

•

Purpose-Built CRM: Our contact center focused CRM platform provides agents with all of the capabilities to deliver superior customer service by unifying communication channels, optimizing the desktop experience and ensuring connectivity and collaboration throughout the enterprise. By creating a single pane of glass, the LiveVox Platform provides a view into all of the communication channels utilized by consumers along with the details of each conversation. The CRM further enhances every conversation by allowing a seamless shift for agents between channels for greater problem-to-resolution speed. The configurable desktop is designed to fit the needs of a complex

workforce across multiple use cases and verticals, embedding not only third-party platforms but also providing a robotic process automation framework, helping our customers connect agent actions to enterprise processes.

•

Investments in Digital: We continue to see an immense increase in digital adoption across our client base. A majority of our customers are now utilizing non-voice communication to respond to and connect with consumers. Our most comprehensive and fully integrated digital communication offering provides our customers with native support of SMS, email, chat & WhatsApp channels. With the continued adoption and growth of these consumer channels, our customers can provide consumers support, launch campaigns, orchestrate workflows and utilize our messaging APIs to deliver customer service through the consumers’ channel of choice.

•

Automation & AI: The continued advancements in AI technology have allowed the LiveVox Platform to further enhance the delivery and optimization of customer service workflows. The combination of AI technology, voice and digital channels along with CRM data has helped to substantially decrease the required time to implement and optimize AI virtual agents & chatbots for our customers. Our customers continue to see tremendous ROI in digitally responding to customer inquiries along with increases in consumer satisfaction due to an improvement in self-service options. Paired with our WEM (Workforce Engagement Tools), our AI-driven conversation analytics and agent coaching helps contact centers automate feedback delivery and facilitate improvement to the agent community.

•

Performance Analytics & Insights: The combination of products within the LiveVox Platform provides our customers a unique capability to combine CRM, operational performance, agent performance and conversational analytics data sets. This data combination gives insight into the full customer journey across channels and provides our customers the capability to measure as well as identify gaps in customer service. What is commonly a large scale data mapping project is available to our customers out of the box with many pre-built templates across verticals and use cases, thus decreasing the technical labor needed for data cleansing and conserving resources for deeper-level analytics.

Benefits to LiveVox’s Customers

Our platform uses AI capabilities to accelerate digital transformation for our customers. We believe that the following key attributes differentiate our platform, to both our customers and their end users:

•

Scalable, easy to use platform: Our omnichannel/AI solution integrates with customers’ existing vendors, providing a flexible data platform that scales to reach customers as businesses grow. We allow businesses to rapidly adapt their strategies to meet the standards of changing technology and regulatory environments, in a simple product that is configured with value-added products built for mid-size and enterprise customers. Our customers can easily add new communication channels, enable higher levels of automation for their organization and reliably expand capabilities without having to upgrade and obtain new software.

•

Accelerating digital transformation: Our products enhance customers’ abilities to transform their businesses, increase agility, facilitate automation and create amazing customer experiences. Our advanced omnichannel / AI capabilities and WFO tools provide insights on both our customers’ contact center operations, as well as on their clients. These insights facilitate strong customer and end user experiences, while improving agent productivity, in addition to helping customers deliver superior service to their clients.

•

facilitates faster deployments for our customers, enabling them to avoid long, costly integrations and the complexity that agents face when navigating multiple systems of record. This helps our customers deliver more personalized service at scale through more customer-centric conversations regardless of the channel of communication utilized.

•

Consistent and continuous experience for end users: Our integrated suite of products improves the end user experience by combining all of a user’s information, providing them with a consistent experience across SMS, voice, web, chat, and other channels, with all of their information stored in one central location. Today’s modern contact center needs to route the right communication to the right agents, providing agents access to a single view of pertinent customer information in real time to facilitate a seamless customer journey.

Growth Strategies

We are driving considerable growth in our business by executing across a number of strategies including:

•

Acquire new customers: We increased our investment in sales and marketing to grow our customer base. In 2021, we grew our go-to-market team by 63%, adding to all sales and marketing functions as well as building out a channel team and strategy.

•

Increase revenue from existing customers: We benefit from a land and expand model in which our revenue from existing customers grows over time. This is driven by our focus on large enterprise customers, as well as our sales strategy in which we often “land” in a single department or line of business, providing us a strong upsell potential over time to expand the amount of business we do with a customer. For the last four years ending December 31, 2021, our LTM net revenue retention rate was 112%, on average. We believe a considerable opportunity exists for additional revenue from our existing customers through the sale of additional seats and products. We have identified opportunities we believe will allow us to expand our revenue from existing customers based on seats that are not currently using our software. We will continue to invest resources into identifying and executing on opportunities for increased penetration with existing customers.

•

Accelerate product innovation: We believe our platform is ideally suited for expansion and has a demonstrated track record of expanding the functionality and use cases of our products. Since 2014, we have expanded the functionality of our platform from an outbound-focused collections provider to an integrated omnichannel/AI platform that addresses all aspects of the agent experience. We will continue to invest in new technologies and harness existing ones.

•

Grow the LiveVox Platform offering through partnerships and opportunistic M&A: We plan to continue to solidify our position as a competitive enterprise cloud-based contact center software company. In addition to ongoing organic investment and partnerships, we may continue to explore opportunistic M&A as a source of product expansion, geographic reach, and growth.

LiveVox’s Products

Our cloud contact center software is provided to customers on a subscription basis and consists of three major families of products that are all fully integrated to deliver a comprehensive end-to-end solution for our customers: CRM, Omnichannel and AI, and WFO. Our CRM platform, designed specifically for contact centers, acts as an orchestration layer, allowing customers to design customer journeys, create smart campaigns and ensure each interaction is routed to the appropriate employee. The combination of a unified data layer joined with omnichannel, AI and WFO functionalities ensures that customers receive what we view as all of the key components necessary to operate a modern contact center. The platform is built upon a public cloud infrastructure with the utilization of a micro-service architecture and a robust set of APIs, allowing for deep integrations and a network of partners further enhancing the platform.

CRM

•

Contact Manager and Extract, Transform, and Load (“ETL”) Tools – At the core of the LiveVox Platform is a database layer that functions as a repository and orchestration layer for customers and their customer records. These records function as an index, allowing each communication to be appropriately matched to each customer. This database fills the need for customer service, sales, business process outsourcing (“BPO”) and any other of our customers to ensure no single interaction is orphaned. The combination of historical data, consumer attributes and consent are utilized by multiple applications to enhance consumers’ experiences in any channel, ensure that agents are provided relevant information and confirm analytical models are appropriately set up with the right data. Moreover, the application provides a visual layer, designed to understand customer population, create “what if” scenarios and execute both simple and complex segmentation strategies for personalized campaign launches in an Omnichannel environment. Additionally, we have invested in a robust set of ETL tools designed to integrate with customers’ existing modern CRM platforms, systems of records and legacy systems, ensuring consistent management of data and high reliability of future AI deployments.

•

U-CRM – Provides a visual layer, surfacing relevant information to agents during every interaction. This offering provides relevant customer details, helping to expedite calls through a shorter authentication and verification process. Access to prior interactions across voice, email, SMS, chat and other channels helps agents understand use history and gives better context to the conversation. All communication channels are exposed to agents allowing them to send notifications via SMS or follow-up with an email in real time if the conversation requires it. Moreover, supporting attachments, key notes and account details are available through a single interface. A universal inbox ensures all non-voice interactions are routed to agents to easily access and respond to customer inquiries.

•

U-Ticket – Creates support tickets and tracks all the relevant details to solve issues. This offering ensures that all communication (including phone calls, emails, chat conversations and SMS messages) is tracked, and relevant details provided to customer teams, helping them solve problems quickly and empowering the team with cross-organizational visibility. It automates processes to route tickets to appropriate teams for quicker resolution, close out customer requests for increased satisfaction, and escalate urgent issues to appropriate teams and managers. It also provides access to channels, by offering digital forms that allow for simple ticket classification and identification by customers 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

•

U-Script – A visual agent flow tool designed to provide guidance and visual navigation to agents. U-Script is commonly utilized to improve training for new employees. The tool can be configured and modified by administrators and provided to agents on demand. Compliance teams seek to ensure appropriate disclosures are presented during each conversation and any customer responses are captured and recorded in an indexed database.

•

Attempt Supervisor – Enables contact centers to set rules and restrictions relative to the number of voice calls attempted to any particular phone number and/or account. The application provides holistic capability to manage both campaign-based and manually initiated attempts across a number of granular settings including account type, telephone number type and a consumer’s resident state. The application provides a visual administrative layer allowing compliance professionals to set rules and restrictions based on their enterprise communication standards. This application helps customers ensure consistency in communication and respects consumer privacy and legal standards.

Omnichannel and AI

•

Voice

•

Inbound – Provides customers with enterprise-grade voice services and features. Utilizing our unified data model, callers are automatically identified through a combination of automatic number identification match technology, third-party data lookups and/or customer self-authentication methods. Call history is dynamically retrieved, identifying prior agent conversations, agent ownership and/or unique customer attributes, helping to route calls via our automated call distributor. Callers are matched with agents based on a combination of availability, skills and proficiencies, ensuring the appropriate match of customer to agent. Administrators gain real-time visibility across their entire organization through a combination of dashboards, providing top-level metrics with drill-down capabilities and real-time coaching tools such as whisper, barge or take-over.

•

Outbound – Provides what we believe to be best-in-class outbound voice applications that combine the scalability of our platform with compliance standards required by companies in highly regulated industries. Our outbound voice capabilities function independently as a stand-alone service, as well as blended into inbound voice operations, allowing customers to maximize agent efficiency and adhere to inbound and outbound voice service level agreements (“SLA”). We believe that our architecture ensures that each outbound dialing system contains software and hardware separation necessary to comply with the highest of regulatory standards. Our outbound applications include the following functions:

•

Predictive dialing – a high-velocity dialing tool commonly utilized by sales organizations, enterprise customers and others obtaining strong forms of consent necessary to reach many customers in a short time with live agents. The system utilizes predictive algorithms, which adjust in real time to pair groups of agents with number of calls and consumer answer patterns.

•

Unattended dialing – a high-velocity voice messaging tool designed to deliver critical time-sensitive messages to consumers. Utilized particularly for the education, health care and financial services verticals to remind consumers of appointments and other vital business matters.

•

Outbound Interactive Voice Response (“IVR”) – a messaging application allowing consumers to opt into conversations with agents based on confirmation of good/services or to serve as an immediate escalation point. Commonly utilized in the financial services and health-care verticals for reminders and ability to speak with a contact center individual.

•

Manual dialing – a strictly manual environment allowing agents to manually initiate a call to consumer via a single click on a phone number and/or a manual entry of phone numbers into the agent phone panel. The manual systems do not contain any capability or capacity to make any other forms of calls and are commonly utilized by an organization unsure of current consent and/or a potential revocation of consent by the consumer.

•

Human Call Initiator – a proprietary outbound dialing system that allows agents to launch calls manually via a single click (i.e., single click/single call). The user interface is optimized to deliver a single phone number to an agent to initiate a call while ensuring that no call is dialed automatically.

•

capabilities, a library of professionally recorded voice prompts, and omnichannel capabilities. Additionally, our API modules within Contact Flow Editor permit customers to use representational state transfer APIs to integrate with existing systems. Our IVR supports a “bring-your-own bot environment” while also providing a number of connectors to leading bot and virtual agent providers.

•

Dashboard, Reporting, Wall-Boards – We provide a series of dashboard and reporting interfaces across the entire product suite, with the ability to drill down to each individual interaction. A series of dashboards provide valuable insights by displaying real-time contact center metrics across voice, email, SMS, and chat, including agent performance, tickets created and quality of interactions. The bi-directional nature of the dashboards provides true visibility into the contact center. Agent performance views provide the ability to understand agent status and monitor an agent’s current conversation. The reporting suite offers a number of industry standard and best practice reports along with the capability to filter across multiple dimensions and combine interaction, agent and consumer data elements, providing true insight for enterprise organizations. Wallboards are specifically designed for large scale display options within a contact center, providing insight with a highly configurable interface and real-time alert capabilities.

•

SMS Messaging – We provide a comprehensive SMS suite for customers ensuring that multiple use cases across many verticals are met. These offerings ensure that messages are delivered at a high throughput across short-code, long-code, toll-free number and 10-digit long code formats. The platform provides an attachment library and facilitates messages via rich communications systems protocols. Our aggregator-agnostic architecture supports the ability to independently route volume to observe high SLA standards for message delivery. Strategies and hold-out timeframes along with key word response management ensure customer service is always top of mind. The LiveVox Platform provides customers the ability to consistently observe guidelines published by the Cellular Telecommunications and Internet Association and offers customer tools for visibility of opt-ins and opt-outs across the consumer base. A universal inbox is provided to ensure SMS responses are appropriately routed, distributed and managed by agents.

•

Email – Our email offerings provide campaign and email response capabilities, ensuring all email interactions are stored at the customer level. The campaign-based function provides an HTML build tool, helping customers easily configure templates, insert variables and ensure content meets brand standards. A universal inbox provides agents access to email responses, eliminating race conditions and ensuring every interaction is joined with a customer profile. We provide the ability to comply with the requirements of the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography And Marketing Act of 2003, and every receipt or removal of consent can be managed within the platform.

•

WebChat – WebChat offers our customers the capability of providing service through a web-based or mobile channel, allowing customers to begin conversations instantly through any site. The WebChat product ensures text, images, documents and even screen-shares can be easily shared between consumers and agents to deliver quick problem resolution.

•

Virtual Agents & Bots – We provide an environment that offers customers the ability to automate and enhance conversations with consumers. The platform offers three variants of assisted conversations:

•

Managed Virtual Agent – a custom-created virtual agent capability combining Natural Language Processing, Automated Speech (Text) Recognition and Learning Intents & Suggestions paired with human oversight. This offering provides customers a fully managed service of tuning and maintaining Virtual Agents & Bots.

•

Self-Service Virtual Agent – a self-directed model to create a virtual agent and/or bot utilizing a visual layer to prescribe intents, analyze patterns and create new automated flows for the virtual agent and/or bot. This is designed for simpler use cases, quicker deployments and smaller enterprise organizations needing to make small changes quickly.

•

Bring Your Own – provides the ability for our customers to integrate their own virtual agent provider into the LiveVox framework utilizing a low-code environment provided through the LiveVox Platform.

All of the above paths for customers offer three advantages: expedited deployments, enhanced customer experience and ability to deploy against any communication channel. Expedited deployments allow customers in a low-code setting to integrate or connect their virtual agent into the contact center setting and enrich each conversation through utilization of LiveVox CRM data directly within the virtual agent, which ensures the virtual agent has the proper context for many interactions. Enhanced customer experience is driven through virtual agent awareness of customers and their data through the LiveVox CRM. In addition, this CRM ensures seamless hand-offs between virtual agents and human agents within the contact center, should the need to escalate arise. Any of the virtual agent deployments may be set against a single or multiple channels in which customers operate, decreasing the need to build separate logic for each channel and ensuring consistency in virtual agent communication.

•

Campaign management – We offer a sophisticated tool for managing segmentation and creating campaigns for customers. The visual editor allows for the creation of a variety of scenarios based on consumer attributes, prior interaction outcomes and compliance-based restrictions. Furthermore, strategies are utilized to optimize calling windows and message delivery based on inputs provided by the customer.

WFO

•

Call and screen recording – Provides administrators the capability to record voice conversations as well as agent screens to help facilitate quality management activities, and to help with compliance and audits for customers in highly regulated verticals. A reporting graphical user interface (“GUI”) provides the ability to look up conversations and filter for auditing purposes.

•

Business Intelligence – Provides administrators and operators business insight by combining CRM data with operational insight across channels through a combination of more than 150 reports and dashboards. The LiveVox analyzer tool gives analysts insight to map new variables and create key metrics and dashboards to discover valuable insights. A number of machine learning models can also be applied to this tool to optimize enterprise performance.

•

Quality management – Provides feedback loops between contact center operators and agents by routing contact center interactions to quality management teams for evaluation and analysis. Quality teams can assign values and create scorecards to evaluate every interaction and provide instant agent feedback to ensure agent performance is optimized, documented, and ultimately improved on. An intuitive interface ensures a connection between quality teams and the agent desktop providing a single system to manage quality management. A learning library supports these efforts, giving operators the ability to assign learning material to further enhance agent conversations.

•

Outside Collection Agency (OCA) analytics – Connects enterprise customers and the agencies that service them. This auditing tool provides enterprise customers the ability to track call volumes and call recordings to assess agent performance, compare against other outsourcers and create visibility through a normalized data set.

•

Speech and Text analytics (SpeechIQ^®) – Allows organizations to accurately and objectively monitor, analyze, and score all agent interactions with one intuitive tool by providing an understanding of call categorization and sentiment. The tool can be used to help identify regulatory risk, poor performance, or customer dissatisfaction.

•

based on inbound volume as well as set goals for service levels. The agent scheduling capability extends to agents with the ability to view, modify and/or trade shifts amongst other agents.

•

CSAT (Customer Satisfaction) – Gives customers the ability to understand consumer sentiment following an interaction, creating custom surveys delivered through the voice channel. A visual GUI provides the ability to analyze results for a deeper understanding at the interaction, agent, or contact center level.

•

Administration and APIs – We provide a robust set of APIs allowing customers to operate a number of customer or vertical solutions for consumer communications. The API set is highly scalable, allowing enterprise level customers to utilize it for various use cases including channel communication purposes, agent modification, and creation. A robust set of roles and permissions provide customers control of the LiveVox portal environment, which allows the customer to limit access points and ensure compliance and security standards are met for enterprise organizations.

Professional Services

We offer comprehensive professional services to our customers to assist in the successful implementation and optimization of the LiveVox products. Our professional services include application configuration, system integration, business process optimization, technical support and training. Our customers may use our professional services team for initial implementation of our products or when expanding their use of our application suite.

Being cloud-native reduces implementation time and complexity by removing the need for on-premise hardware or dedicated infrastructure. We believe that we can deploy and optimize our products in significantly less time than required for deployments of legacy on-premise contact center systems. Because of this, our professional services engagements typically focus on optimization and process improvement, rather than installation or logistics. A full contact center suite of products can be implemented by us in as little as three weeks as compared to what we believe to be as much as six months for our competitors.

Our SmartStart Master Portal provides new customers the ability to be up and running in days through better integration and customer training tools, which are available to them on day one of implementation.

Customers

We had approximately 353 customers as of December 31, 2021, including enterprises, Fortune 1,000 financial institutions, and BPO firms. As of December 31, 2021, no single customer represented more than 10% of our revenues. Our enterprise customers span a variety of industries, including financial services (including leading banks and fin-techs), healthcare, consumer/retail, and telecommunications.

Sales and Marketing

outcomes-based land and expand sales strategy designed to enable our sales force to efficiently generate and close net new logo opportunities within our ideal customer profile. Additionally, we have a strategic cadence around upsell and cross-sell opportunities that center on regularly scheduled customer business reviews. These business reviews lead to additional products being showcased/positioned into our existing customer base.

Supporting both the National Account and Mid-Market Hunters is our outbound lead generation team, consisting of Business Development Reps (BDRs) and Sales Development Reps (SDRs). The BDRs work in concert with the Hunters through a specific named account strategy to drive high-quality leads through the sales funnel. The SDRs cultivate and nurture over 100,000 subscriber companies and prospects in partnership with the sales team while also fielding inbound prospect traffic (web chat and inbound inquiries) in an effort to bring them into the sales funnel as highly qualified leads.

Our marketing team uses a data-driven approach for lead generation and nurturing activities. Through a sophisticated marcom/technology stack, the team focuses on prospects that are the strongest fit and that have the highest propensity to buy. Using intent analytics, we craft streams of content and advertising specifically geared to each prospect and their product interests, in an effort to establish relevant awareness and interaction, and ultimately purchase consideration. To accomplish this, the team employs a multi-faceted approach, including content curation, a full array of digital marketing, trade shows, webinars, industry analyst programs, public relations, and more.

We intend to continue investing in initiatives to grow our team of business consultants, technical account managers, and customer success managers, while building out our marketing capabilities and continuing to improve sales force productivity.

In the third quarter of 2021, LiveVox introduced an indirect marketing team and strategy to support the Channel Sales Team of Channel Account Managers (CAMs) formed in July 2021.

The Channel’s go-to-market strategy is supported as follows:

•

Partner Recruitment is supported through strategic marketing agreements with five top national Master Agent/TSB entities that drive access to top contact center reselling agents in our focused regions. Additionally, Channel Marketing supports the execution of numerous partner-facing events in the channel including regional events, roadshows, and industry tradeshows.

•

Partner Enablement & Readiness is supported through programs that focus on educating our partners about LiveVox’s products, differentiators, and value proposition. This is accomplished through participation in partner trainings, regional CCaaS academies, and boot camps.

•

End User Demand Generation is supported with the creation of through-partner campaigns and assets that empower our strategic partners to promote LiveVox to their existing and prospective customer bases.

Research and Development

Our research and development drives continuous innovation cycles for our contact center platform. Our functional, industry, and technology experts collaborate with customers and partners to analyze data trends, apply industry best practices, and innovate on new products that result in new features and functions regularly being added to the platform – a process we refer to as Data Driven Innovation (DDI). With our breadth of deeply integrated contact center products and over 325 customers, we have a wealth of data to drive new features for agent and customer experiences, including data analytics, machine learning, and artificial intelligence. These features are bundled and released three times a year.

Our core research and development operations are based in San Francisco, California; Medellin, Colombia; and Bangalore, India. This geographic footprint allows for recruitment from broad and diverse talent pools.

Technology and Operations

Our highly scalable SaaS platform was developed with the end user in mind. Our platform uses market-oriented research, as well as development and operational experience. Our platform is comprised of in-house developed intellectual property, and open source and commercially available components. Our platform is designed to be redundant and scalable, to leverage cloud-native capabilities in support of business continuity and disaster recovery (BCDR) functionality, and to support multi-tenancy from the ground up. In addition, the architecture is designed to support capacity increases on demand, facilitate continuous integration and continuous development (CI/CD), and permit life cycle management with minimal or no impact to customers’ use of our products.

We currently deliver our products globally from five public cloud third-party data center facilities located in Virginia, Ohio, Oregon, Canada, and Germany. Our infrastructure is designed to support real-time mission-critical telecommunications, applications, and operational support systems as well as multiple customer connectivity methods over carrier services as well as direct connect. Our infrastructure is built with redundant, fault-tolerant components in distinct and secure availability zones forming protective layers for our applications and customer data.

We have implemented and maintained an operations team that focuses on four primary pillars: capacity management, performance, security, and availability. The 24x7x365 operations teams ensure continuous health and reliability by monitoring our data centers, applications, and carrier services for potential issues, as well as manage capacity, evaluate potential security incidents, and maintain the overall health and integrity of our platform environments.

Competition

We believe that the cloud-based customer engagement and communications industry is highly competitive, and we expect competition to increase in the future. We face competition from established providers as well as emerging startups focusing on niche services and channels. Our key competitors include:

•

traditional on-premise hardware business communications providers such as Avaya Inc., Alvaria, Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, and partners that resell or license their software;

•

cloud-based contact center software providers such as Five9, NICE InContact, Genesys, Serenova, 8x8, RingCentral and Talkdesk;

•

digital engagement providers such as eGain Corporation, Lithium Technologies and LivePerson; and

•

developer-focused software providers such as Amazon, and Twilio.

Most of our direct competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more diversified customer bases and larger marketing and development budgets. As a result, these competitors may have greater credibility with our existing and potential customers and may be better able to withstand an extended period of downward pricing pressure. Additionally, with cloud-deployment solutions gaining more adherents and technology advancing rapidly, we expect intensified competition in the future.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include, but are not limited to:

•

platform reliability and scalability;

•

breadth and depth of platform features;

•

compliance and security capabilities;

•

ease of administration, integration, and use;

•

ease and speed of deployment;

•

domain expertise in contact center operations;

•

strength of third-party partnership ecosystem;

•

artificial intelligence capabilities; and

•

scale and expertise offered to the growing market for customer engagement and contact center services.

Organization Structure

LOGO

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in November 2017 as a blank check company under the name Crescent Acquisition Corp. On June 18, 2021, LiveVox and Crescent Acquisition Corp consummated the transactions contemplated under the Merger Agreement, following the approval at the special meeting of stockholders of Crescent Acquisition Corp on June 16, 2021. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we changed our name to LiveVox Holdings, Inc.

LiveVox’s headquarters is 655 Montgomery Street, Suite 1000, San Francisco, California, 94111. LiveVox also has offices in Alpharetta, Georgia; Greenwood Village, Colorado; Columbus, Ohio; and Fairview Heights, Illinois. LiveVox also has subsidiaries in Bangalore, India and Medellin, Colombia. LiveVox’s website address is www.livevox.com. LiveVox owns or has rights to trademarks that it uses in operating its business, including the LiveVox corporate name, logo, and domain names. LiveVox owns or has the rights to copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the content of its products.

Summary of Risk Factors

The following summary description sets forth an overview of the material risks we are exposed to in the normal course of our business activities:

•

If we are unable to attract new customers or sell additional products and functionality to our existing customers, our revenue and revenue growth will be harmed.

•

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have had and could continue to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition or on the operations of many of our customers and third-party suppliers, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain.

•

Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth effectively.

•

We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

•

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled executives and other employees could harm our business and results of operations.

•

Failure to adequately retain our key employees, including those in our sales force, could impede our growth.

•

The markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

•

If we fail to grow our marketing capabilities and develop widespread brand awareness cost effectively, our business may suffer.

•

We may expand our international operations, which would expose us to significant risks.

•

If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing customers may experience service outages, our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our products, and we could be subject to, among other things, claims for credits or damages.

•

Data security incidents and cybersecurity breaches could harm our reputation, cause us to modify business practices and otherwise adversely affect business, and subject us to liability.

•

We rely on third-party telecommunications and internet service providers to provide our products, including connectivity to our cloud contact center software, and any failure by these service providers to provide reliable services could cause us to lose customers and subject us to claims for credits or damages, among other things.

•

If our products fail, or are perceived to fail, to perform properly or if they contain technical defects, our reputation could be harmed, our market share may decline, and/or we could be subject to product liability claims.

•

The contact center software market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new features and products in order to maintain and grow our business.

•

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

•

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

•

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

•

The terms of our indebtedness could adversely affect our business.

•

Alleged or actual failure by us, our competitors, or other companies to comply with the constantly evolving legal and contractual environment surrounding calling or texting, and the governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

•

Privacy concerns and domestic or foreign laws and regulations may reduce the demand for our solution, increase our costs and harm our business.

•

Increased taxes and surcharges (including Universal Service Fund, whether labeled a “tax,” “surcharge,” or other designation) on our products may increase our customers’ cost of using our products and/or increase our costs and reduce our profit margins to the extent the costs are not passed through to our customers, and we may be subject to liabilities for past sales and other taxes, surcharges and fees.

•

Requirements for us or our suppliers to pay federal or state universal service fund contribution amounts and assessments (either we paying directly or paying through our suppliers in the form of surcharges) for other telecommunications funds or taxes could impact the desirability and profitability of our products.

•

Changes in government regulation applicable to the collections industry or any failure of us or our customers to comply with existing regulations could result in the suspension, termination or impairment of the ability of us or our customers to conduct business, may require the payment of significant fines by us or our customers and could require changes in customer’s businesses that would reduce the need for our products, or require other significant expenditures.

•

We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.

•

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

•

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

•

We may acquire other companies or technologies or be the target of strategic transactions, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

The summary risk factors described above should be read together with the text of the full risk factors below and in the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, as well as in other documents that we file with the SEC. If any such risks and uncertainties actually occur, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The risks summarized above or described in full below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

The Offering

The following summary of the offering contains basic information about the offering and our Common Stock and is not intended to be complete. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a more complete understanding of our Common Stock, please refer to the section titled “Description of Securities.”

Issuance of Common Stock

Shares of Common Stock offered by us

Up to 13,333,328 shares of our Common Stock, which consists of (i) 833,333 shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of Forward Purchase Warrants and (ii) up to 12,499,995 shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of Public Warrants.

Shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to exercise of all warrants

98,240,727 shares (as of April 20, 2022)

Shares of Common Stock outstanding assuming exercise of all warrants

111,574,055 shares (based on total shares outstanding on April 20, 2022)

Exercise price of warrants

$11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein.

Use of proceeds

We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $153.3 million from the exercise of all of the warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all of the warrants for cash. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the warrants for general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

Resale of Common Stock and Warrants

Shares of Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholders

We are registering the resale by the Selling Shareholders named in this prospectus, or their permitted transferees, and an aggregate of 85,795,425 shares of Common Stock, consisting of:

•

up to 7,500,000 PIPE Shares;

•

up to 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Shares;

•

up to 833,333 shares of common stock underlying the Forward Purchase Warrants; and

•

up to 74,962,092 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement.

In addition, we are registering 12,499,995 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants that were previously registered.

Warrants offered by the Selling Shareholders

Up to 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants

Redemption

The Warrants are redeemable in certain circumstances. See “Description of Securities—Warrants—Public Warrants and Forward Purchase Warrants” for further discussion.

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of Common Stock or warrants by the Selling Shareholders.

Nasdaq ticker symbols

Our Common Stock and Public Warrants are listed on Nasdaq under “LVOX” and “LVOXW”, respectively.

For additional information concerning the offering, see the section titled “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 137 of this prospectus.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements, other than statements of present or historical fact included in this prospectus, regarding the future financial performance of LiveVox, as well as its strategy, future operations, future operating results, financial position, expectations regarding revenue, losses, and costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are subject to risks and uncertainties that may include, for example:

•

the impact of COVID-19 and related changes in base interest rates, constraints in supply chain, inflationary pressures and significant market volatility in the Company’s business, our industry and the global economy;

•

the high level of competition in the cloud contact center industry and the intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies in the industry in which the Company operates;

•

the effect of legal, tax and regulatory changes;

•

the Company’s ability to maintain its listing on Nasdaq;

•

the Company’s ability to raise financing or complete acquisitions in the future;

•

the Company’s success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, its officers, key employees or directors;

•

the future financial performance of the Company;

•

the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company;

•

reliance on information systems and the ability to properly maintain the confidentiality and integrity of data;

•

the occurrence of cyber incidents or a deficiency in cybersecurity protocols;

•

the ability to obtain third-party software licenses for use in or with the Company’s products; and

•

the business, operations and financial performance of the Company, including market conditions and global and economic factors beyond the Company’s control.

The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other risk factors included herein. Forward-looking statements reflect current views about LiveVox’s plans, strategies and prospects, which are based on information available as of the date of this prospectus. Except to the extent required by applicable law, LiveVox undertakes no obligation (and expressly disclaims any such obligation) to update or revise the forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

RISK FACTORS

The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in the following risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on the business, cash flows, financial condition and results of operations of LiveVox. In reviewing these risk factors, you should also consider the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and its consequences, which implicate, and may amplify, the risks and uncertainties facing LiveVox, and their potential impact on LiveVox’s business, financial position and results of operations. You should carefully review and consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information included in this prospectus, including matters addressed in the section entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” LiveVox may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to the Company, or that the Company currently deems immaterial, which may also impair LiveVox’s business or financial condition. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this prospectus.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to attract new customers or sell additional products and functionality to our existing customers, our revenue and revenue growth will be harmed.

To increase our revenue, we must add new customers, increase the amount and types of business we do with existing customers, and encourage existing customers to renew their product subscriptions on terms favorable to us. As our industry matures, as our customers experience seasonal trends in their business, or as competitors introduce lower cost or differentiated products or services that are perceived to compete favorably with us, our ability to add new customers and renew, maintain or sell additional products to existing customers based on pricing, cost of ownership, technology and functionality could be harmed. As a result, our existing customers may not renew their agreements or may decrease the amount of business they do with us, or may place increased pressure on us for pricing concessions, and we may be unable to attract new customers or grow or maintain our business with existing customers, each of which could harm our revenue and growth.

In December 2019, a novel coronavirus disease known as COVID-19 was reported and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization, or WHO, characterized COVID-19 as a pandemic. This pandemic has resulted in a widespread health crisis that has continued to significantly harm the U.S. and global economies and has caused significant fluctuation in financial markets and regulatory frameworks and may impact demand for our products.

In accordance with the various and changing regulatory frameworks and social distancing and other business or office closure orders and recommendations of applicable government agencies, all of our employees transitioned to work-from-home operations and we canceled all business travel by our employees except where necessary and properly authorized, which changed how we operate our business. Our customers and business partners are also subject to various and changing regulatory frameworks and social distancing and business or office closure orders and recommendations and travel restrictions or prohibitions, which have changed the way we interact with our customers and business partners. Recently, we have re-opened our U.S. and foreign offices for employees to voluntarily return, subject to capacity restrictions and applicable government regulations, including relating to COVID-19 vaccination, testing, and masking. We have also reinstated business travel on a voluntary basis and subject to prior approval. Our efforts to re-open our offices, comply with government regulations regarding COVID-19 vaccination, testing, and masking, and reinstate business travel safely may not be successful, could expose our employees and customers to health risks and us to associated liability, and will involve additional financial and administrative burdens.

Moreover, the conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the extent of which depends upon its prolonged impact, has or may:

•

harm our ability to renew and maintain our relationships with our existing customers;

•

cause our existing customers to reduce the amount of business they do with us, seek price concessions, declare bankruptcy or go out of business, which would harm our revenue;

•

result in some of our customers failing to comply with the terms of their agreements, including payment terms, due to economic uncertainty, financial hardship, and even failure of these businesses, which could result in us being required to take action to collect payments, terminate their product subscriptions, increase accounts receivable, and reduce consumer collections, any of which could increase our expenses, reduce our cashflow, and harm our revenues and results of operations;

•

make it more difficult for us to sell additional products or functionality to our existing customers;

•

reduce the rate of spending on enterprise software solutions or cloud-based enterprise contact center systems generally;

•

delay prospective customers’ decisions to subscribe to our products, increase the length of sales cycles, or slow the typical growth in the use of our products once customers have initially deployed our products;

•

harm our ability to effectively market and sell our solutions, particularly as our customers remain subject to office closure orders;

•

change the mix and sizes or types of organizations that purchase our products;

•

delay the introduction of enhancements to our products and market acceptance of any new features and products;

•

harm our ability to establish and/or grow our international sales and operations;

•

harm our ability to recruit, onboard and successfully integrate new employees, including members of our direct sales force, both domestically and internationally, as a result of not being able to interface in person;

•

harm our ability to maintain our corporate culture with an employee base primarily working remotely and facing unique personal and professional challenges;

•

increase the burden on our technical operations infrastructure, which could harm the capacity, stability, security and performance of our operations infrastructure and potentially leave us more vulnerable to security breaches;

•

increase the risk that we may experience cybersecurity-related events such as COVID-19 themed phishing attacks, exploitation of any cybersecurity flaws that may exist, an increase in the number cybersecurity threats or attacks, and other security challenges as a result of our employees and service providers continuing to work remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic, and potentially beyond as remote work and resource access expand;

•

increase costs in returning to work as our offices continue to re-open, including changes to the workplace, such as space planning, food service, and amenities, and the design, implementation and enforcement of new workplace safety policies and protocols;

•

limit our ability to deliver products efficiently to our larger customers, as those products often require services that have sometimes been performed onsite, which could delay implementation of our products at new customers;

•

harm our ability to manage, maintain or increase our network of master agents, referral agents and other third-party selling partners to sell our products, and make it more difficult for them to assist us effectively with their sales efforts;

•

impact the health and safety of our employees, including our senior management team, and their ability to perform services;

•

cause our management team to continue to commit significant time, attention and resources to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and seek to mitigate our effect on our business and workforce; and

•

lead to the adoption of additional new laws and regulations that we and/or our customers and partners are required to comply with and that could harm our results of operations and may subject us to COVID-19 related regulations, fines, penalties, and litigation.

Such effects will likely continue for the duration of the pandemic, which is uncertain, and for some period thereafter. While several countries, as well as certain states, counties and cities in the United States, began to relax the early public health restrictions with a view to partially or fully reopening their economies, many cities, both globally and in the United States, have since experienced a surge in the reported number of cases and hospitalizations related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including as a result of the emergence of new variants. This increase in cases has led to the reintroduction of restrictions and business shutdowns in certain states, counties and cities in the United States and globally and could continue to lead to the re-introduction of such restrictions elsewhere. Even after the COVID-19 pandemic subsides, the U.S. economy and most other major global economies may experience or continue to experience a recession, and our business and operations could be materially adversely affected by a prolonged recession in the U.S. and other major markets.

Any of the foregoing factors could significantly harm our future sales, operating results, cash flow, gross margin and overall financial performance, which could cause us to experience a decreased level of growth of our business and make our future financial results and prospects difficult to predict. The COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on LiveVox and the U.S. and global economies, could limit our ability to forecast our future operating results, including our ability to predict revenue and expense levels, and plan for and model future results of operations. Moreover, because a significant portion of our revenue is derived from existing customers, downturns in new sales will not immediately be reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern until future periods. Our competitors could experience similar or different impacts as a result of COVID-19, which could result in changes to our competitive landscape.

The duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the ongoing severity and transmission rate of the virus and the emergence of new virus variants, the extent and effectiveness of vaccine programs and other containment actions, the duration of social distancing, office closure and other restrictions on businesses and society at large, and the specific impact of these and other factors on our business, employees, customers and partners. If we are not able to respond to and manage the impact of such events effectively, our business will be harmed. There are no comparable recent events that provide guidance as to the effect the COVID-19 pandemic may have and, as a result, the ultimate impact of the outbreak on our business and operations is highly uncertain and subject to change. The effects of the COVID- 19 pandemic have had, and could continue to have a material impact on our results of operations and increase many of the other risks described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere herein.

Our recent rapid growth may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may fail to manage our growth effectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our revenues were $119.2 million, $102.5 million and $92.8 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 16.3% and 10.5%. In the future, as our revenue increases, our annual revenue growth rate may decline. We believe our revenue growth will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

•

compete with other vendors of cloud-based enterprise contact center systems, including recent market entrants, and with providers of legacy on-premise systems;

•

increase our existing customers’ use of our products and further develop our partner ecosystem;

•

strengthen and improve our products through significant investments in research and development and the introduction of new and enhanced products;

•

introduce our products to new markets outside of the United States and increase global awareness of our brand;

•

selectively pursue acquisitions that enhance our product offerings; and

•

respond to general macro-economic factors and industry and market conditions.

If we are not successful in achieving these objectives, our ability to grow our revenue may be harmed. In addition, we have recently invested in, and may continue to invest in future growth, including expending substantial financial and other resources on:

•

expanding our sales and marketing organizations;

•

our technology infrastructure, including systems architecture, management tools, scalability, availability, performance and security, as well as disaster recovery measures;

•

our product development, including investments in related personnel and the development of new products, as well as new applications and features for existing products;

•

international expansion; and

•

general administration, including legal, regulatory compliance and accounting expenses.

Moreover, we have recently expanded our headcount and operations. We grew from 461 employees as of December 31, 2019 to 506 employees as of December 31, 2020, and to 672 employees as of December 31, 2021. We anticipate that we will continue to expand our operations and headcount in future years. This growth has placed, and any future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial resources, company culture and infrastructure. Our success will depend in part on our ability to manage this growth effectively while retaining personnel. To manage future growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty or delays in adding new customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, system failures, difficulties in introducing new features or products, the need for more capital than we anticipate or other operational difficulties, any of which could harm our business performance and results of operations.

The addition of new employees and the capital investments that we anticipate will be necessary to help us grow and to manage that growth may make it more difficult to generate earnings or offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing costs and expenses in the short term. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth, we will be unable to execute our business plan successfully, which could materially adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our recent growth makes it difficult to evaluate and predict our current business and future prospects.

While we have been in existence for over twenty years, much of our growth has occurred in recent years. Our recent growth may make it difficult for investors to evaluate our current business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by companies in rapidly changing industries, including increasing and unforeseen expenses as we may grow our business and the other risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus.

Our ability to forecast our future operating results is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to predict revenue and expense levels and plan for and model future growth. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change due to adjustments in our markets or our competitors and their product offerings, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations and our business could suffer.

We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

We incurred a net loss of $103.2 million, $4.6 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $128.0 million. These losses and our accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we have made, and continue to make, to develop our products and acquire new customers, among other expenses. The increase to net loss was primarily attributable to the compensation expense of $68.4 million associated with our Value Creation Incentive Plan (“VCIP”) and Option-based Incentive Plan (“OBIP”) awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e. the Merger) in the second quarter of 2021. We expect the dollar amount of our costs and expenses to increase in the future as revenue increases, although at a slower rate. We expect our losses to continue for the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in research and development and expand our business and as we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses associated with being a public company. Our historical or recent growth in revenue is not necessarily indicative of our future performance. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will achieve profitability in the future or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability.

Our success depends, in part, upon the performance and continued services of our executive officers and senior management team. If our executive leadership team fails to perform effectively or if we fail to attract or retain our key executives or senior management, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be harmed. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services, and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could seriously harm our business. We currently do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees.

To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel and we may incur significant costs (including stock-based compensation expense) to do so. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for senior executives, engineers highly experienced in designing and developing cloud software and for senior sales personnel. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. We invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them and increases our costs. If we fail to attract new personnel or to retain and motivate our current personnel, particularly our executive officers and senior management team, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources and, potentially, damages. We may experience increased attrition of employees to other opportunities, particularly as we reopen our offices, as certain employees may seek more flexible work alternatives than we offer, or may seek positions with companies outside of the geographic area in which they live that offer remote work opportunities.

Continued volatility or lack of performance in the trading price of our common stock may also affect our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel because job candidates and existing employees often emphasize the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment when considering whether to accept or continue employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards is low or declines, it may harm our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees.

Failure to adequately retain our key employees, including those in our sales force, could impede our growth.

Key to our success is the continuity and development of key employees, including those in our sales force. We need to continue to retain key employees, including members of our sales force while expanding and

optimizing our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and business. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use and sale of our products requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Our business may be harmed if we fail to retain key employees, including members of our sales force, or if our investments, and the expense incurred, to expand and train our sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue, which could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties and our failure to successfully maintain, grow and manage these relationships could harm our business.

We leverage strategic relationships with third-party technology providers, including telecommunications providers. These relationships are typically not exclusive and our partners often also offer products to and enter into partnerships with our competitors. As we grow our business, we will continue to depend on both existing and new strategic relationships. Our competitors may be more successful than we are in establishing or expanding relationships with such third-party technology providers. Furthermore, there has and continues to be a significant amount of consolidation in the technology industry, including telecommunications providers, and if our partners are acquired, fail to work effectively with us or go out of business, they may no longer support our products, or may be less effective in doing so, which could harm our business, financial condition and operations. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our strategic relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results may suffer.

In addition, identifying new third-party technology providers, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. As the complexity of our products and our third-party relationships increases, the management of those relationships and the negotiation of contractual terms sufficient to protect our rights and limit our potential liabilities will become more complicated. We also license technology from certain third parties. Certain of these agreements permit either party to terminate all or a portion of the relationship without cause at any time and for any reason. If one of these agreements is terminated by the other party, we would have to find an alternative source or develop new technology ourselves, which could preclude, limit or delay our ability to offer our products or certain product features to our customers and could result in increased expense and harm our business. Our inability to manage and maintain these complex relationships successfully or negotiate sufficient and favorable contractual terms could harm our business.

We have established, and continue to increase, a network of master agents, referral agents and other third-party selling partners to sell our products. Our failure to effectively develop, manage, and maintain this network could materially harm our revenue.

We have established, and continue to increase, our network of master sales agents, referral agents and other third-party selling partners who provide sales leads to us for new customers. These selling partners sell, or may in the future decide to sell, products and/or solutions for our competitors. Our competitors may be able to cause our current or potential selling partners to favor their products over our products, either through financial incentives, technological innovation, product features or performance, or by offering a broader array of services to these selling partners or otherwise, which could reduce the effectiveness of our use of these selling partners. If we fail to maintain relationships with our current selling partners, fail to develop relationships with new selling partners, fail to manage, train, or provide appropriate incentives to our existing selling partners, or if our selling partners are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our products may decrease or not grow at an appropriate rate and our operating results could be harmed. Additionally, in order to utilize our selling partners effectively, we must enhance our systems, develop specialized marketing materials and invest in educating selling partners regarding our systems and product offerings. Our failure to accomplish these objectives could limit our success in marketing and selling our products.

In addition, identifying new selling partners and negotiating and documenting relationships with them requires significant time and resources. As the complexity of our products and our selling partner relationships increases, the management of those relationships and the negotiation of contractual terms sufficient to protect our rights and limit our potential liabilities will become more complex, and our inability to successfully manage these relationships or negotiate favorable contractual terms could harm our business.

The markets in which we participate involve numerous competitors and are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

The market for contact center solutions is highly competitive. We currently compete with large legacy technology vendors that offer on-premise contact center systems, such as Avaya and Cisco, and legacy on-premise software companies, such as Aspect Software and Genesys (including through its acquisition of Interactive Intelligence). These legacy technology and software companies are increasingly supplementing their traditional on-premise contact center systems with competing cloud offerings, through a combination of acquisitions, partnerships and in-house development. Additionally, we compete with vendors that historically provided other contact center services and technologies and expanded to offer cloud contact center software such as NICE inContact. We also face competition from many other contact center service providers including Five9, Talkdesk and Seranova, as well as vendors offering unified communications and contact center solutions. In addition, Amazon and Twilio have introduced solutions aimed at companies who wish to build their own contact centers with in-house developers. Furthermore, CRM vendors are increasingly offering features and functionality that were traditionally provided by contact center providers. CRM vendors also continue to partner with contact center service providers to provide integrated solutions and may, in the future, acquire competitive contact center service providers. These factors could harm our revenue and results of operations.

Our actual and potential competitors may enjoy competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, longer operating histories and larger marketing budgets, as well as greater financial or technical resources. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to continue to intensify in the future. Our recent, and any future, acquisitions will subject us to new competitors and cause us to face additional and different competition in the markets served by these businesses.

Some of our competitors can devote significantly greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services and many have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. Current or potential competitors may also be acquired by third parties with significantly greater resources. In addition, many of our competitors have more established relationships with customers, more comprehensive product offerings, larger installed bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and other third-party selling partners. Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their product offerings or resources and ability to compete. If our competitors’ products, services or technologies become more accepted than our products, if they are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than us, or if their products or services are less expensive or more technologically capable than ours, our revenue could be harmed. Pricing pressures and increased competition could result in reduced sales and revenue, reduced margins and loss of, or a failure to maintain or improve, our competitive market position, any of which could harm our business.

If our existing customers terminate their product subscriptions or reduce their product subscriptions and related usage, our revenue and gross margin will be harmed and we will be required to spend more money to grow our customer base.

We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our revenue from existing customers. As a result, retaining our existing customers is critical to our future operating results. With limited exceptions, we offer annual and multiple-year contracts to our customers. Additional products can be provisioned on limited notice. Product subscriptions and related usage by our existing customers may decrease if:

•

customers are not satisfied with our products, prices or the functionality of our products;

•

the stability, performance or security of our products are not satisfactory;

•

the U.S. or global economy declines;

•

the ongoing effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic on demand for our products and technology spending;

•

our customers’ business declines due to the loss of customers, industry cycles, seasonality, business difficulties or other reasons;

•

our customers favor products offered by other contact center providers, particularly as competition continues to increase;

•

alternative technologies, products or features emerge or gain popularity that we do not provide; or

•

our customers or potential customers experience financial difficulties.

If our existing customers’ product subscriptions and related usage decrease or are terminated, we will need to spend more money to acquire new customers and still may not be able to maintain our existing level of revenue. We incur significant costs and expenses, including sales and marketing expenses, to acquire new customers, and those costs and expenses are an important factor in determining our profitability. There can be no assurance that our efforts to acquire new customers will be successful. The loss of one or more of our key customers, or a failure by us to renew our product subscription agreements with one or more of our key customers, could harm our revenue and financial position, and our ability to market our products.

We rely on our reputation and recommendations from key customers in order to market and sell our products. The loss of any of our key customers, or a failure of some of them to renew or to continue to recommend our products, could have a significant impact on our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new customers. In addition, acquisitions of our customers could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those customers, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential customers and key reference customers.

Our customers may fail to comply with the terms of their agreements, necessitating action by us to collect payment, or may terminate their subscriptions for our products.

If customers fail to pay us under the terms of our agreements or fail to comply with the terms of our agreements, including compliance with regulatory requirements and intellectual property terms, we may terminate customers, lose revenue, be unable to collect amounts due to us, be subject to legal or regulatory action and incur costs in enforcing the terms of our contracts, including litigation. Some of our customers may seek bankruptcy protection or other similar relief and fail to pay amounts due to us, seek reimbursement for amounts already paid, or pay those amounts more slowly, which could harm our operating results, financial position and cash flow.

Many of our customer contracts contain usage-based revenue components that depend upon such customer’s ability to sustain or increase their business activity and such business activity can be subject to the impact of external events beyond our control or the control of such customers, including unexpected weather conditions, political instability or government shutdowns, public health issues (including pandemics and quarantines) or natural disasters. Our revenue and profitability could be harmed as a result of any decrease to such customer’s business activity.

Many of our customer contracts contain usage-based revenue components that depend upon such customers’ ability to sustain or increase their business activity. Such customers’ business activity has in the past been and could in the future be subject to the impact of external events beyond our control or the control of such customers, such as unexpected weather conditions, public health issues (including pandemics and quarantines), political instability or government shutdowns or natural disasters. Additionally, certain of our customers typically increase their collection activities from January through April when many Americans receive federal tax refunds.

Any delay in the Internal Revenue Service’s ability to timely process Americans’ federal tax returns and remit refunds to filers, including as a result of COVID-19 precautions or a government shutdown such as the one that occurred in late 2018 and early 2019, has in the past caused and could in the future cause those customers to forgo increases in hiring or usage which could in turn unfavorably impact our revenue and profitability.

We sell our products to larger enterprises that can require longer sales cycles, longer and more costly implementation periods, and more configuration and integration services or customized features and functions that we may not offer, any of which could delay the time until revenue is recognized from these customers or prevent these sales from ever occurring, all of which could harm our revenue growth rates and profitability.

As we continue to target our sales efforts at larger enterprises, we face higher costs, longer sales cycles and longer and more costly implementation periods and less predictability in closing sales. These larger enterprises typically require more configuration and integration services which increases our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts with no guarantee that these customers will subscribe to additional LiveVox products or subscribe to our products at all. Furthermore, with larger enterprises, we must provide a higher level of education regarding the use and benefits of our products to a broader group of people in order to generate a sale. As a result of these factors, we must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual customers and prospective customers, thereby increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Our typical sales cycle for larger enterprises is six to twelve months, but can be significantly longer, and our average sales cycle may increase as sales to larger enterprises continue to grow in proportion to our overall new sales. In addition, many of our customers that are larger enterprises initially deploy our products to support only a portion of their contact center agents. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to increase the number of agent seats and the number of products utilized by these larger enterprises over time and we incur additional sales and marketing expenses in these efforts. There is no guarantee that these customers will purchase additional products from us or increase the number of agent seats for which they subscribe. If we do not expand our initial relationships with larger enterprises, the return on our investments in sales, marketing and implementation for these customers will decrease and our business may suffer.

Because a significant percentage of our revenue is recurring from existing customers, downturns or upturns in new sales will not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

We generally recognize revenue from customers monthly as services are delivered. As a result, the vast majority of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from existing customers. Consequently, a decline in new product subscriptions in any single quarter will likely have only a small impact on our revenue results for that quarter. However, the cumulative impact of such declines could negatively impact our business and results of operations in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our products, and potential changes in our pricing policies or renewal rates, will typically not be reflected in our results of operations until future periods. We also may be unable to adjust our cost structure to reflect the changes in revenue, resulting in lower margins and earnings. In addition, our subscription model makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers will be recognized over time as services are delivered. Moreover, many of our customers initially deploy our products to support only a portion of their contact center agents and, therefore, we may not generate significant revenue from these new customers at the outset of their relationship, if at all. Any increase to our revenue and the value of these existing customer relationships will only be reflected in our results of operations as revenue is recognized, and if and when these customers increase the number of agent seats and the number of components of our products they deploy over time.

Shifts over time or from quarter-to-quarter in the mix of sizes or types of organizations that purchase our products or changes in the components of our products purchased by our customers could affect our gross margins and operating results.

Our strategy is to sell our products to both smaller and larger organizations. Our gross margins can vary depending on numerous factors related to the implementation and use of our products, including the features and number of agent seats purchased by our customers and the level of usage required by our customers. Sales to larger organizations may also entail longer sales cycles and more significant selling efforts and expense. Selling to smaller customers may involve smaller contract sizes, fewer opportunities to sell additional services, a higher likelihood of contract terminations, lower returns on sales and marketing expense, fewer potential agent seats and greater credit risk and uncertainty. If the mix of organizations that purchase our products, or the mix of product components purchased by our customers, changes unfavorably, our revenues and gross margins could decrease and our operating results could be harmed.

If we fail to grow our marketing capabilities and develop widespread brand awareness cost effectively, our business may suffer.

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our cloud contact center software products will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our marketing operations. We plan to continue to dedicate significant resources to our marketing programs, including internet advertising, digital marketing campaigns, social media, trade shows, industry events, and co-marketing with strategic partners. The effectiveness of our internet advertising is as yet unproven, and there is existing competition for key search terms. All of these marketing efforts will continue to require us to invest significant financial and other resources. Our business will be seriously harmed if our efforts and expenditures do not generate a proportionate increase in revenue.

In addition, we believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our products and attracting new customers. Brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or increase revenues, and even if they do, any increase in revenues may occur after the expense has been incurred and may not offset the costs and expenses of building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain and protect our brand, or incur substantial costs and expenses, we may fail to attract or retain customers necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical to increasing customer adoption of our products.

We may expand our international operations, which would expose us to significant risks.

To date, we have not generated significant revenues outside of the U.S. However, we may seek to grow our international presence in the future. The future success of our business may depend, in part, on our ability to expand our operations and customer base to other countries. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the U.S. In addition, in order to effectively market and sell our products in international markets, we could be required to localize our products, including the language in which our products are offered, which will increase our costs, could result in delays in offering our products in these markets and may decrease the effectiveness of our sales efforts. Due to our limited experience with international operations and developing and managing sales and distribution channels in international markets, our international expansion efforts may not be successful.

Sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations and our international sales efforts and operations support expose us to risks inherent in international sales and operations.

An element of our growth strategy is to expand our international sales efforts and develop a worldwide customer base. Because of our limited experience with international sales, our international expansion may not

be successful and may not produce the return on investment we expect. To date, we have realized only a small portion of our revenues from customers outside the United States, with approximately 6% of our revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 derived from customers with a billing address outside of the United States.

Our international subsidiaries employ workers primarily in India and Colombia. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to legal, labor and employment, intellectual property, regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. As we increase our international sales efforts we will face risks in doing business internationally that could harm our business, including:

•

the need to establish and protect our brand in international markets;

•

the need to localize and adapt our products for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated costs and expenses;

•

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, particularly hiring and training qualified sales and service personnel;

•

the need to implement and offer customer care in various languages;

•

different pricing environments, longer sales and accounts receivable payment cycles and collections issues;

•

weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the U.S. and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the U.S.;

•

privacy and data protection laws and regulations that are complex, expensive to comply with and may require that customer data be stored and processed in a designated territory;

•

increased risk of piracy, counterfeiting and other misappropriation of our intellectual property in our locations outside the U.S.;

•

new and different sources of competition;

•

general economic conditions in international markets;

•

fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, which may make our products more expensive in other countries or may increase our costs, impacting our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars;

•

compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including corporate, employment, tax, telecommunications and telemarketing laws and regulations;

•

increased risk of international telecom fraud;

•

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

•

compliance with laws and regulations applicable to foreign operations and cross border transactions, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and other anti-corruption laws, supply chain restrictions, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our products in certain foreign markets, and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

•

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

•

restrictions or taxes on the transfer of funds;

•

adverse tax consequences; and

•

unstable economic and political conditions and potential accompanying shifts in laws and regulations.

These risks could harm our international operations, increase our operating costs and hinder our ability to grow our international business and, consequently, our overall business and results of operations.

In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing business outside the United States. We may be unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and laws as they change from time to time, which often occurs with minimal or no advance notice. Failure to comply with these regulations could harm our business. In many countries outside the United States, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United States or international regulations applicable to it. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors, strategic partners and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors, strategic partners or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting misstatements, fines, delays in filing financial reports required as a public company, penalties, or prohibitions on selling our products, any of which could harm our business.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss, and under the existing federal corporate tax rates such tax benefits will be of less value, which could harm our profitability and financial condition.

As of December 31, 2021, we had available federal and combined state net operating loss carryforwards which may offset future taxable income of $23.5 million and $95.5 million, respectively. The federal net operating losses expire between 2026 and 2035 while the state net operating losses expire between 2025 and 2041. If we are unable to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards, they could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could harm our profitability and financial condition in future periods.

In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or IRC Sections 382 and 383, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” An IRC Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Subsequent or future issuances or sales of our stock could cause an “ownership change,” which would impose an annual limit on the amount of pre-ownership change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes we can use to reduce our taxable income, potentially causing those tax attributes to expire unused or to be reduced, and increasing and accelerating our liability for income taxes. It is possible that such an ownership change could materially reduce our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes to offset taxable income, which could require us to pay more income taxes than if we were able to fully utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and harm our profitability.

Risks Related to Technology and Cybersecurity

Our success depends in large part upon the capacity, stability, security and performance of our operations infrastructure. From time to time, we have experienced interruptions in service, and we may experience such interruptions in the future. These service interruptions may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, spikes in customer usage and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. Our failure to achieve or maintain expected

performance levels, stability and security, particularly as we increase the number of users of our products and the product applications that run on our system, could harm our relationships with our customers, result in claims for credits or damages, damage our reputation, significantly reduce customer demand for our products, cause us to incur significant expense and personnel time replacing and upgrading our infrastructure, and harm our business.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of agent seats and interactions that our infrastructure supports. As the number of agent seats within our customer base grows and our customers’ use of our products increases, we need to continue to make additional investments in our capacity to maintain adequate and reliable stability and performance, the availability of which may be limited or the cost of which may be prohibitive, and any failure may cause interruptions in service that may harm our business. In addition, we need to manage our operations infrastructure properly in order to support version control, changes in hardware and software parameters and the evolution of our suite of products. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements or efficiently improve our infrastructure, our business could be harmed.

Data security incidents could harm our reputation, cause us to modify business practices and otherwise adversely affect business, and subject us to liability.

We are dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate. In the ordinary course of business, we will collect, store, process and transmit large amounts of information, including, for example, information about our customers, our customers’ clients or other information treated by our customers as confidential. We will need to be able to do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of such information. Our obligations under applicable laws, regulations, contracts, industry standards, self-certifications, and other documentation may include maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and availability of personal information in our possession or control and maintaining reasonable and appropriate security safeguards as part of an information security program. These obligations create potential legal liability to regulators, business partners, customers, and other relevant stakeholders and also affect the attractiveness of our products to existing and potential customers.

All information technology operations are inherently vulnerable to inadvertent or intentional security breaches, incidents, attacks and exposures. Vulnerabilities can be exploited from inadvertent or intentional actions of our employees, third-party vendors, business partners, or by malicious third parties. Attacks of this nature are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and are being conducted by sophisticated and organized groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise, including industrial espionage, organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,” nation states and others.

Although we have, and may in the future, implement remote working protocols and offer work-issued devices to certain employees, the actions of employees while working remotely may have a greater effect on the security of our systems and the personal data we process, including for example by increasing the risk of compromise to systems or data arising from employees’ combined personal and private use of devices, accessing our systems or data using wireless networks that we do not control, or the ability to transmit or store company-controlled data outside of our secured network. Although many of these risks are not unique to the remote working environment, they have been heightened by the dramatic increase in the numbers of our employees who have been and are continuing to work from home as a result of government requirements or guidelines and internal policies that have been put in place in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

In addition to the threat of unauthorized access or acquisition of sensitive or personal information, other threats could include the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware attacks, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information. Our systems likely experience directed attacks on at least a periodic basis that are intended to interrupt our operations; interrupt our customers’ ability to access our platform; extract money from us; and/or obtain our data (including without limitation user or employee personal information or proprietary information). Although we have implemented certain security measures, systems, processes, and safeguards intended to protect

our information technology systems and data from such threats and mitigate risks to our systems and data, we cannot be certain that threat actors will not have a material impact on our systems or products in the future. Our safeguards intended to prevent or mitigate certain threats may not be sufficient to protect our information technology systems and data due to the developing sophistication and means of attack in the threat landscape. In addition, third parties may attempt to fraudulently induce employees or users to disclose information in order to gain access to our data or our users’ data. Recent developments in the threat landscape include an increased number of cyber extortion and ransomware attacks, with increases in the amount of ransom demands and the sophistication and variety of ransomware techniques and methodology.

Significant disruptions of third-party vendors’ and/or commercial partners’ information technology systems or other similar data security incidents could adversely affect our business operations and/or result in the loss, misappropriation, and/or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, sensitive or personal information, which could harm our business. In addition, information technology system disruptions, whether from attacks on our technology environment or from computer viruses, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures, could result in a material disruption of our product development and business operations.

There is no way of knowing for certain whether we have experienced any data security incidents that have not been discovered. While we have no reason to believe that we have experienced a data security incident that we have not discovered, attackers have become very sophisticated in the way they conceal their unauthorized access to systems, and many companies are not aware when they have been attacked. Any event that leads to unauthorized access, use or disclosure of sensitive or personal information, including, but not limited to, personal information regarding our customers or our customers’ customers, could disrupt our business, harm our reputation, compel us to comply with applicable federal and/or state breach notification laws and foreign law equivalents, subject us to time consuming, distracting and expensive litigation, regulatory investigation and oversight, mandatory corrective action, require us to verify the correctness of database contents, or otherwise subject us to liability under laws, regulations and contractual obligations, including those that protect the privacy and security of personal information. This could result in increased costs to us and result in significant legal and financial exposure and/or reputational harm. Such incidents could also cause interruptions to the products we provide, degrade the user experience, or cause customers to lose confidence in our products.

Applicable data privacy and security laws may also obligate us to employ security measures that are appropriate to the nature of the data we collect and process and, among other factors, the risks attendant to data processing activities in order to protect personal information from unauthorized access or disclosure, or accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, or alteration. We have implemented security measures that we believe are appropriate, but a regulator could deem the security measures not to be appropriate given the lack of prescriptive measures in certain data protection laws. Given the evolving nature of security threats and evolving safeguards, we cannot be sure that our chosen safeguards will protect against security threats to our business including the personal data that we process. Even security measures that are appropriate, reasonable, and/or in accordance with applicable legal requirements may not be able to fully protect our information technology systems and the data contained in those systems, or our data that is contained in third parties’ systems. Moreover, certain data protection laws impose on us responsibility for our employees and third parties that assist with aspects of our data processing. Our employees’ or third parties’ intentional, unintentional, or inadvertent actions may increase our vulnerability or expose us to security threats, such as phishing attacks, and we may remain responsible for successful access, acquisition or other disclosure of our data despite the quality and legal sufficiency of our security measures.

Any failure or perceived failure by us or our vendors or business partners to comply with privacy, confidentiality or data security-related legal or other obligations to third parties, or any security incidents or other events that result in the unauthorized access, release or transfer of sensitive information, which could include personal information, may result in governmental investigations, enforcement actions, regulatory fines, litigation, or public statements against us by advocacy groups or others. These could also cause third parties, including

current and potential customers or partners, to lose trust in us, including for example perceiving our platform, system or networks as unreliable or less desirable. We could also be subject to claims by third parties that we have breached privacy- or confidentiality-related obligations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and prospects.

We rely on services from third-party telecommunications providers in order to provide services to our customers and their customers, including telephone numbers. In addition, we depend on our internet bandwidth suppliers to provide uninterrupted and error-free service through their networks. We exercise little control over these third-party providers, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the services they provide.

When problems occur, it may be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Service disruption or outages, whether caused by our service, the products or services of our third-party service providers, or our customers’ or their customers’ equipment and systems, may result in loss of market acceptance of our products and any necessary repairs or other remedial actions may force us to incur significant costs and expenses.

If any of these service providers fail to provide reliable services, suffer outages, degrade, disrupt, increase the cost of or terminate the services that we and our customers depend on, we may be required to switch to another service provider. Delays caused by switching our technology to another service provider, if available, and qualifying this new service provider could materially harm our customer relationships, business, financial condition and operating results. Further, any failure on the part of third-party service providers to achieve or maintain expected performance levels, stability and security could harm our relationships with our customers, cause us to lose customers, result in claims for credits or damages, increase our costs or the costs incurred by our customers, damage our reputation, significantly reduce customer demand for our products and seriously harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our customers rely on internet service providers to provide them with access and connectivity to our cloud contact center software, and changes in how internet service providers handle and charge for access to the internet could materially harm our customer relationships, business, financial condition and operating results.

Our customers must have access to broadband internet access services in order to use our products and certain of our offerings require substantial capacity to operate effectively. In the United States, internet access services are provided by relatively few companies that, depending on the geographic area, have market power over such offerings. It is possible that these companies could charge us, our customers, or both, fees to guarantee a service amount of capacity, or for quality of broadband internet access services, or advantage themselves or our competitors by degrading, disrupting, limiting, or otherwise restricting the use of their infrastructure to support our services. Notably, some of the largest providers of broadband internet access services have committed to not engage in acts that would impede our customers’ broadband internet access services from accessing products or services like ours but, depending on the facts, there may be no law that prohibits such providers from doing so. However, these providers likely have the ability to increase our rates, our customers’ rates, or both for broadband internet access services which may increase the cost of our products making our products less competitive or decreasing our profit margins.

In 2018, the Federal Communications Commission or FCC released an order repealing rules that would have prevented broadband internet access providers from degrading, disrupting or otherwise restricting ours and our customers’ broadband internet access services. The FCC’s 2018 repeal was largely upheld by the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals in a decision issued in October 2019. That same court rejected the FCC’s attempt to categorically preempt states from adopting their own network neutrality requirements, requiring case by case

determinations as to whether state and local regulation conflicts with the FCC’s rules. The court also required the FCC to reexamine three issues from the order where it found insufficient analysis but allowed the order to remain in effect pending the FCC’s review. The original parties were denied a rehearing by the full U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit in February 2020 and the period to seek review by the Supreme Court has ended. On remand, the FCC reaffirmed its existing approach in October 2020; however, four petitioners sought reconsideration of the FCC’s decision in February 2021, and the FCC subsequently filed a motion requesting that the D.C. Circuit hold the case in abeyance, which the court granted. To the extent the courts, the agencies or the states do not uphold or adopt sufficient safeguards to protect against discriminatory conduct, network operators may seek to engage in blocking, throttling or other discriminatory practices against us or our customers, and our business could be harmed.

As we consider approaches for expanding internationally, government regulation protecting the non- discriminatory provision of internet access may be nascent or non-existent. In those markets where regulatory safeguards against unreasonable discrimination are nascent or non-existent and where local network operators possess substantial market power, we could experience anti-competitive practices that could impede our growth, cause us to incur additional expenses or otherwise harm our business. Future regulations or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications could also hinder our operational flexibility, raise compliance costs and result in additional liabilities for us, which may harm our business.

We depend on data centers operated by third parties and public cloud providers and any disruption in the operation of these facilities could harm our business.

We host our products at data centers owned and operated by third party providers and located in Virginia, Ohio, Oregon, Canada, and Germany. Any failure or downtime in one of our data center facilities could affect a significant percentage of our customers. We do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, closes, suffers financial difficulty or is unable to meet our growing capacity needs, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and service interruptions in connection with doing so.

The data centers within which we host our products are subject to various points of failure. Problems with cooling equipment, generators, uninterruptible power supply, routers, switches, or other equipment, could result in service interruptions for our customers as well as equipment damage. These data centers are subject to disasters such as earthquakes, floods, fires, hurricanes, acts of terrorism, sabotage, break-ins, acts of vandalism and other events, which could cause service interruptions or the operators of these data centers to close their facilities for an extended period of time or permanently. The destruction or impairment of any of these data center facilities could result in significant downtime for our products and the loss of customer data. Because our ability to attract and retain customers depends on us providing customers with highly reliable service, even minor interruptions in our service could harm our business, revenues and reputation. Additionally, in connection with the continuing expansion of our existing data center facilities, there is an increased risk that service interruptions may occur as a result of server addition, relocation or other issues.

These data centers are also subject to increased power costs. We may not be able to pass on any increase in power costs to our customers, which could reduce our operating margins.

We have little or no control over public cloud providers. Any disruption of the public cloud or any failure of the public cloud providers to effectively design and implement sufficient security systems or plan for increases in capacity could, in turn, cause delays or disruptions in our products. In addition, using the public cloud presents a variety of additional risks, including risks related to sharing the same computing resources with others, reliance on public cloud providers’ authentication, security, authorization and access control mechanisms, a lack of control over the public cloud’s redundancy and security systems and fault tolerances, and a reduced ability to control data security and privacy.

Our plans to establish public cloud-based data centers for our international operations may be unsuccessful and may present execution and competitive risks.

We may seek to establish new public cloud deployments in the future to facilitate our platform in certain international markets. We may partner with a third-party to develop, test and deploy our technology to offer a full stack of products on the public cloud in certain international markets. If we are successful in the deployment of our technology to the public cloud, we may expand our public cloud deployments to facilitate our platform in the U.S. and in international markets. Our public cloud-based platform offering is critical to developing and providing our products to our customers, scaling our business for future growth, accurately maintaining data and otherwise operating our business. Infrastructure buildouts on the public cloud are complex, time-consuming and may involve substantial expenditures. In addition, the implementation of public cloud-based data centers involves risks inherent in the conversion to a new system, including loss of information and potential disruption to our normal operations. Even once we implement public cloud-based data centers, we may discover deficiencies in the design, implementation or maintenance of the system that could materially harm our business.

Development of our AI products to make agents more efficient and improve customer experience may not be successful and may result in reputational harm and our future operating results could be materially harmed.

We plan to increase and provide our customers with AI-powered applications, including conversational virtual agents, agent assistance and business insights. While we aim for our AI-powered applications to make agents more efficient and improve customer experience, our AI models may not achieve sufficient levels of accuracy. In addition, we may not be able to acquire sufficient training data or our training data may contain biased information. Furthermore, the costs of AI technologies, such as speech recognition and natural language processing, may be too high for market adoption. Our competitors or other organizations may incorporate AI features into their products more quickly or effectively and their AI features may achieve higher market acceptance than ours, which may result in us failing to recoup our investments in developing AI-powered applications. Should any of these items or others occur, our ability to compete, our reputation and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

Our products may contain undetected errors or defects that may result in failures or otherwise cause our products to fail to perform in accordance with customer expectations and contractual obligations. Moreover, our customers could incorrectly implement or inadvertently misuse our products, which could result in customer dissatisfaction and harm the perceived utility of our products and our brand. Because our customers use our products for mission-critical aspects of their business, any real or perceived errors or defects in, or other performance problems with, our products may damage our customers’ businesses and could significantly harm our reputation. If that occurs, we could lose future sales, or our existing customers could cancel their use of our products, seek payment credits, seek damages against us, or delay or withhold payment to it, which could result in reduced revenues, an increase in our provision for uncollectible accounts and service credits, an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable, and harm our financial results. Customers also may make indemnification or warranty claims against us, which could result in significant expense and risk of litigation. Performance problems could result in loss of market share, reputational harm, failure to achieve market acceptance and the diversion of development resources.

Any product liability, intellectual property, warranty or other claims against us could damage our reputation and relationships with our customers and could require us to spend significant time and money in litigation or pay significant settlements or damages. Although we maintain general liability insurance, including coverage for errors and omissions, this coverage may not be sufficient to cover liabilities resulting from such claims. Also, our insurers may disclaim coverage. Our liability insurance also may not continue to be available to us on reasonable

terms, in sufficient amounts, or at all. Any contract or product liability claims successfully brought against us would harm our business.

The contact center software market is subject to rapid technological change, and we must develop and sell incremental and new features and products in order to maintain and grow our business.

The contact center software market is characterized by rapid changes in customer requirements, frequent introductions of new and enhanced products and features and continuing and rapid technological advancement. To compete successfully, we must continue to devote significant resources to design, develop, deploy and sell new and enhanced contact center products, applications and features that provide increasingly higher capabilities, performance and stability at lower cost. If we are unable to develop or acquire new features for our existing products or new applications that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with technological developments, our business would be harmed. For example, we are focused on enhancing the reliability, features and functionality of our contact center products to enhance our utility to our customers, particularly larger customers, with complex, dynamic and global operations. The success of these enhancements depends on many factors, including timely development, introduction and market acceptance, as well as our ability to transition our existing customers to these new products, applications and features. Failure in this regard may significantly impede our revenue growth. In addition, because our products are designed to operate on a variety of systems, we need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in hardware, operating systems, the increasing trend toward multichannel communications and other changes to software technologies. We may not be successful in developing or acquiring these modifications and enhancements or bringing them to market in a timely fashion. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new network platforms or technologies, or modifications to existing platforms or technologies, could delay introduction of changes and updates to our products and increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our products to operate effectively, including with future network platforms and technologies, could reduce the demand for our products, result in customer dissatisfaction and harm our business.

Our ability to continue to enhance our products is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If we are not able to adequately fund our research and development efforts, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.

In order to remain competitive, we must devote significant and increasing resources to developing new product offerings, features, and enhancements to our existing cloud contact center software, which will increase our research and development and operating expenses. Our research and development expenses totaled $52.6 million, $20.2 million and $16.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in research and development expense was primarily due to the VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e. the Merger) and was recorded as compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the second quarter of 2021. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop products, applications or features internally due to constraints, such as high employee turnover, insufficient cash, inability to hire sufficient research and development personnel or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Furthermore, many of our competitors have greater financial resources and expend considerably greater amounts on their research and development programs than we do, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. Our failure to devote adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could harm our business.

If we are unable to maintain the compatibility of our software with other products and technologies, our business would be harmed.

Our customers often integrate our products with their business applications. These third-party providers or their partners could alter their products so that our products no longer integrate well with them, or they could

delay or deny our access to technology releases that allow us to adapt our products to integrate with their products in a timely fashion. If we cannot adapt our products to changes in complementary technology deployed by our customers, it may significantly impair our ability to compete effectively.

Our business could be harmed if our customers are not satisfied with the professional services or technical support provided by us or our partners.

Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our customers, not only with respect to our products, but also with the professional services and technical support that are required for our customers to implement and use our products to address their business needs. Professional services and technical support may be performed by our own staff or, in a select subset of cases, by third parties. Some of our professional services offerings have negative margins. Accordingly, any increase in sales of professional services could harm our gross margins and operating results. We will need to continue to expand and optimize our professional services and technical support in order to keep up with new customer installations and ongoing service, which takes time and expense to implement. Identifying and recruiting qualified service personnel and training them in our products is difficult and competitive and requires significant time, expense and attention. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services or change our pricing to compete with changes in support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could increase our costs and harm our operating results. If a customer is not satisfied with the deployment and ongoing services performed by us or a third party, we could lose customers, miss opportunities to expand our business with these customers, incur additional costs, or suffer reduced (including negative) margins on our service revenue, any of which could damage our ability to grow our business. In addition, negative publicity related to our professional services and technical support, regardless of its accuracy, may damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers.

We employ third-party licensed software for use in or with our products, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which could harm our business.

Our products incorporate certain third-party software obtained under licenses from other companies. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such software from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third-party software we currently license, this may not be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to transition to other providers. In addition, integration of the software used in our products with new third-party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. To the extent that our products depend upon the successful operation of third-party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third-party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our products, delay new product introductions, result in increased costs, or a failure of our products and injure our reputation. Our use of additional or alternative third-party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties and to integrate such software into our products.

There can be no assurance that the technology licensed by us will continue to provide competitive features and functionality or that licenses for technology currently utilized by us or other technology that we may seek to license in the future, including to replace current third-party software, will be available to us at a reasonable cost or on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Third-party licensors may also be acquired or go out of business, which could preclude us from continuing to use such technology. The loss of, or inability to maintain, existing licenses could result in lost product features and litigation. The loss of existing licenses could also result in implementation delays or reductions until equivalent technology or suitable alternative products could be developed, identified, licensed and integrated, and could increase our costs and harm our business.

Our products utilize open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.

Our products include software covered by open source licenses, which may include, for example, free general public use licenses, open source frontend libraries and open source applications. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our products. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and products. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Given the nature of open source software, there is also a risk that third parties may assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of certain open source software programs. Many of the risks associated with the usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could harm our business.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. As of December 31, 2021, our intellectual property portfolio included four registered U.S. trademarks, two pending trademark applications, and one issued U.S. patent. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. The steps we take to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We may not be able to obtain any further patents or trademarks, our current patents could be invalidated or our competitors could design their products around our patented technology, and our pending applications may not result in the issuance of patents or trademarks. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology, and the risk of intellectual property misappropriation may be higher in these countries. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being infringed or exploited abroad, which could affect our ability to expand into international markets or require costly efforts to protect our technology.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to our management and could result in the impairment or loss of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could substantially harm the value of our technology, products, brand and business.

We will likely be subject to third-party intellectual property infringement claims.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity and litigation in our industry. Our success depends upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry.

Certain technology necessary for us to provide our products may be patented, copyrighted or otherwise protected by other parties either now or in the future. In such case, we would have to negotiate a license for the use of that technology. We may not be able to negotiate such a license at a price that is acceptable, or at all. The existence of such a patent, copyright or other protections, or our inability to negotiate a license for any such technology on acceptable terms, could force us to cease using such technology and offering products incorporating such technology.

Others in the future may claim that our products and underlying technology infringe upon or violate their intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant costs and expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, require that we refrain from using, manufacturing or selling certain offerings or features or using certain processes, prevent us from offering our products or certain features thereof, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms, any of which could harm our business and operating results. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners and pay substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation and to obtain licenses, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties for third-party claims with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, certain claims related to third-party privacy or cyber security breaches or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. Large indemnity payments or damage claims from contractual breach could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although we often contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, we may still incur substantial liability related to them. Any dispute with a customer with respect to such obligations could be expensive, even if we ultimately prevail, and could harm our relationship with that customer and other current and prospective customers, reduce demand for our products and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs.

We may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, challenges, acquisitions, a decline in sales, increased regulatory obligations or unforeseen circumstances and may engage in equity or debt financings or enter into credit facilities. We have a substantial amount of debt. As of December 31, 2021, we had approximately $55.5 million in principal amount outstanding under the term loan. See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Any debt financing obtained by us in the future could cause us to incur additional debt service expenses and could include restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and pursue business opportunities and could be secured by all of our assets. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of us, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to grow and support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt service obligations, which would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our indebtedness will depend on our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We can provide no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. In order for us to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, we must continue to execute our business strategy. If we are unable to do so, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

The terms of our indebtedness could adversely affect our business.

Our credit facility contains restrictive covenants that, among others, limit our ability to:

•

pay dividends and make distributions and repurchase stock;

•

engage in transactions with affiliates;

•

create liens;

•

incur indebtedness not under the credit facility;

•

engage in sale-leaseback transactions;

•

make investments;

•

make loans and guarantee obligations of other persons;

•

amend material agreements and organizational documents and enter into agreement affecting ability to pay dividends;

•

maintain or contribute to a defined employee benefit plan or arrangement that is not subject to the laws of the U.S.; and

•

sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets and engage in specified mergers or consolidations.

In addition, our credit facility contains certain financial covenants, including the maintenance of a consolidated total leverage ratio and a consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio that come into effect in March 2022. Our ability to borrow under the revolving facility depends on our compliance with these financial covenants. Events beyond our control, including changes in general economic and business conditions, may affect our ability to meet these financial covenants. We cannot guarantee that we will meet these financial covenants in the future, or that the lenders will waive any failure to meet these financial covenants.

Risks Related to Regulation

The legal and contractual environment surrounding calling and texting is constantly evolving. In the United States, two federal agencies, the FTC and the FCC, and various states have laws and regulations including, at the federal level, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991, that restrict the placing of certain telephone calls and texts by means of automatic telephone dialing systems, prerecorded or artificial voice messages and fax machines. In addition, there are a series of federal and state laws that regulate marketing calls and texts. Some of

these laws require companies to institute processes and safeguards to comply with applicable restrictions. The legal interpretation of certain of the requirements of these laws has been in dispute before the courts and federal agencies, including for example as part of pending FCC proceedings and a case currently pending before the U.S. Supreme Court. Some of these laws, where a violation is established, can be enforced by the FTC, FCC, State Attorneys General, or private party litigants. In these types of actions and depending on the circumstances, the plaintiff may seek damages, statutory penalties, or other fees.

We have designed our products to comply with applicable law. To the extent that our products are viewed by customers or potential customers as less functional, or more difficult to deploy or use, because of our products’ compliance features, we may lose market share to competitors that do not include similar compliance safeguards. Our contractual arrangements with our customers who use our solution to place calls also expressly require the customers to comply with all such laws and to indemnify us for any failure to do so.

Although we take steps to confirm that the use of our products complies with applicable laws, it is possible that the FTC, FCC, private litigants or others may attempt to hold our customers, or us as a software solution provider, responsible for alleged violations of these laws. To the extent any court finds that the products violated a controlling legal standard, we could face indemnification demands from our customers for costs, fees and damages with respect to calls placed using those products. It also is possible that we may not successfully enforce or collect upon our contractual indemnities from our customers. Defending such suits can be costly and time-consuming and could result in fines, damages, expenses and losses. Additionally, these laws, and any changes to them or the applicable interpretation thereof, that further restrict calling or texting consumers, adverse publicity regarding the alleged or actual failure by companies, including us, our customers and competitors, or other third parties, to comply with such laws or governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could result in a reduction in the use of our products by our customers and potential customers, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

On December 12, 2018, the FCC issued an order concluding that certain text messaging services qualify as an “information service” under federal law and not a “telecommunications service.” The regulatory significance to us is that the FCC’s decision gives wireless carriers additional flexibility to manage messaging traffic on their network, including by blocking traffic. Such blocking efforts by carriers may make it more difficult for our customers to use messaging services provided by us as a part of our overall communications and outreach solution for our customers. Thus, although SMS comprises only a small portion of our revenue base, our future availability as an effective tool for communication and outreach for our customers and their customers remains uncertain and could cause our products to be less valuable to customers and potential customers.

We are potentially subject to taxation related risks in multiple jurisdictions, and changes in U.S. tax laws, in particular, could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations or financial condition.

We are a U.S.-based company potentially subject to tax in multiple U.S. and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. Significant judgment will be required in determining our global provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets or liabilities and in evaluating our tax positions on a worldwide basis. Tax laws are dynamic and subject to change as new laws are passed and new interpretations of the law are issued or applied. While we believe our tax positions are consistent with the tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we conduct our business, it is possible that these positions may be overturned by jurisdictional tax authorities, which may have a significant impact on our global provision for income taxes.

The current Presidential Administration has proposed changes to tax law that could materially increase the amount of taxes we would be required to pay, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Additionally, many countries in the European Union, as well as a number of other countries and organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, are actively considering changes to existing tax laws that, if enacted, could increase our tax obligations in countries where we do

business. If U.S. or non-U.S. tax authorities change applicable tax laws (including changes to tax laws enacted by state or local governments in jurisdictions in which we operate), our overall taxes could increase, and our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely impacted.

Privacy concerns and domestic or foreign laws and regulations may reduce the demand for our solution, increase our costs and harm our business.

In order to provide our products, we receive and store personal data from customers, and we may also collect and store personal data from or about potential customers and website visitors. We may share personal data with our service providers, such as cloud or other technical services providers, as necessary to provide the products. Various federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations as well as industry standards and contractual obligations govern the processing of personal data. The regulatory environment for the collection and use of personal data by online service providers is evolving in the United States and internationally. Privacy groups and government bodies, including the FTC, state attorneys general, the European Commission and European data protection authorities, have increasingly scrutinized privacy issues with respect to personal data, and we expect such scrutiny to continue to increase. The United States and foreign governments have enacted and are considering laws and regulations that could significantly impact the processing of personal data. These include laws such as the EU GDPR and the CCPA.

We have made and continue to make changes to our data protection compliance program to address applicable legal requirements. We also continue to monitor the implementation and evolution of data protection regulations, but if we are deemed to not be compliant with applicable law, we may be subject to significant fines and penalties (such as restrictions on personal data processing) and our business may be harmed. We also may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use, and disclosure of personal, financial, and other data.

Additionally, some laws might require us to disclose proprietary or confidential aspects of our products in a manner that compromises the effectiveness of our products or that enables our competitors or bad actors to gain insight into the operation of our technology, enabling them to copy or circumvent our products and thereby reducing the value of our technology.

We publish privacy policies, notices and other documentation regarding our collection, processing, use and disclosure of personal information and/or other confidential information. Although we endeavor to comply with published policies, certifications, and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or may be perceived to have failed to do so. Moreover, despite our efforts, we may not be successful in achieving full compliance if our employees or vendors fail to comply with our published policies, certifications, and documentation.

The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to us and the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our products and reduce overall demand for our products. Also, failure to comply with such laws may lead to significant fines, penalties or other regulatory liabilities, such as orders or consent decrees forcing us or our customers to modify business practices, and reputational damage or third-party lawsuits for any noncompliance with such laws. Our business could be harmed if legislation or regulations are adopted, interpreted or implemented in a manner that is inconsistent from country to country and inconsistent with our current policies and practices, or those of our customers.

Furthermore, privacy and data protection concerns may cause consumers to resist providing the personal data or other types of protected data that may be subject to laws and regulations that is necessary to allow our customers to use our products effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our products in certain industries or countries.

The European Union’s GDPR may continue to increase our costs and the costs of our customers to operate, limit the use of our products or change the way we operate, expose us to substantial fines and penalties if we fail to comply, and has led to similar laws being enacted in other jurisdictions.

On May 25, 2018, the EU adopted the GDPR. The GDPR replaced the EU Data Protection Directive, also known as Directive 95/46/EC, and is intended to harmonize data protection laws throughout the EU by applying a single data protection law that is binding throughout each member state. We and many of our customers are subject to the GDPR based upon our processing of personal data collected from EU data subjects, such as our processing of personal data of our customers in the EU.

The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, expanded disclosures about how personal information is to be used, limitations on retention of information, mandatory data breach notification requirements and onerous new obligations on services providers. Non-compliance with the GDPR can trigger steep fines of up to €20 million or 4% of total worldwide annual turnover, whichever is higher. The member states of the EU were tasked under the GDPR to enact certain implementing legislation that would add to or further interpret the GDPR requirements and this additional implementing legislation potentially extends our obligations and potential liability for failing to meet such obligations.

Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, our compliance with the GDPR’s requirements will continue to require time, resources and review of the technology and systems we use to satisfy the GDPR’s requirements. We have ongoing procedures to maintain GDPR compliance. We continue to deliver product features that enhance our data management and security in support of GDPR compliance.

While we do not regularly transfer high volumes of personal data outside of the European Economic Area (“EEA”), there may be circumstances in which ex-EEA transfers of personal data, including to countries which European regulators do not recognize as providing an adequate level of protection for personal data, are necessary to provide products to our customers or otherwise operate our business. In the event we conduct any such transfers of personal data, we may have to implement new or additional processes, transfer mechanisms, or tools to comply with the GDPR or other applicable data protection laws, which may result in increased operational costs. Additionally, there are certain unsettled legal issues regarding transferring personal data outside of the EEA, the resolution of which may impact our ability to transfer personal data from the EEA to the United States.

Given the complexity of operationalizing the GDPR, the maturity level of proposed compliance frameworks and the relative lack of guidance in the interpretation of our numerous requirements, we and our customers are at risk of enforcement actions taken by EU data protection authorities or litigation from consumer advocacy groups acting on behalf of data subjects. This risk will likely remain until there is more guidance on the GDPR, including as to implementing legislation enacted by the member states and enforcement actions taken by various data protection authorities.

The implementation of the GDPR has led other jurisdictions to amend, or propose legislation to amend, their existing data protection laws to align with the requirements of the GDPR with the aim of obtaining an adequate level of data protection to facilitate the transfer of personal data from the EU. Accordingly, the challenges we face in the EU will likely also apply to other jurisdictions outside the EU that adopt laws similar in construction to the GDPR or regulatory frameworks of equivalent complexity.

The CCPA and its amendments could increase our costs and the costs of our customers to operate, limit the use of our products or change the way we operate, and expose us to substantial fines and class action risk if we fail to comply, and lead to similar laws being enacted in other states.

In 2018, the State of California adopted the CCPA. The CCPA applies to certain for-profit entities doing businesses in California. We and our qualifying customers were required to comply with these requirements before the CCPA became effective on January 1, 2020.

The CCPA establishes a new privacy framework for covered businesses by creating an expanded definition of personal information and creating new data privacy rights for consumers in the State of California. As required by the statute, entities doing business in California have new and ongoing disclosure obligations to consumers for whom they hold or process personal data. Businesses must also provide consumers with the right to dictate how their personal information is used and shared. Complying with these obligations will involve continued expenditures that could increase as more consumers exercise their rights under the statute.

The CCPA also creates a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework for violations of provisions. The California Attorney General can enforce the CCPA by seeking statutory penalties for failure to comply with the act. For businesses that fail to implement reasonable security procedures, the CCPA also creates a private right of action for consumers whose personal data is subject to certain data breaches. This private right of action has the potential to create significant class action liability for businesses, like ours, that operate in California. To protect against these new risks, we may be necessary to change our insurance programs or take other business steps. The CCPA has been amended multiple times, and the California Office of the Attorney General has published final regulations to implement portions of the CCPA and is currently reviewing modifications to those regulations. Additionally, in November 2020, California voters passed the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) ballot initiative, which introduces significant amendments to the CCPA. The CPRA will go into effect on January 1, 2023 and new CPRA regulations are expected to be introduced. The potential effects of the CCPA amendments, Attorney General implementation, and CPRA are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. Other states may enact laws similar to the CCPA and the CPRA. In 2021, Virginia and Colorado adopted comprehensive privacy laws, which will each become effective in 2023. We are continuing to assess the impact of these developments on our business as additional information and guidance becomes available.

The applicability of federal, state, and local taxes, fees, surcharges or similar taxes to our products is complex and subject to interpretation and change. Based on analysis of our activities, we have determined that either we are directly obligated to collect and remit U.S. state or local sales or use taxes in certain U.S. states, municipalities or local tax jurisdictions depending on the state(s) in question and the location of our customers, among other factors. The taxing authorities may challenge our interpretation of the laws and may assess additional taxes, penalties and interests which could have adverse effects on the results of operations and, to the extent we pass these through to our customers, demand for our products. We are registered for collecting and remitting applicable taxes where such a determination has been made and such registration is required. We analyze our activities and revenue to determine if we are subject to taxes in additional jurisdictions. Based on such ongoing assessment of our U.S. federal, state and local tax collection and remittance obligations, we register for tax purposes in such jurisdictions we deem required and collect and remit applicable state and local taxes to these jurisdictions.

Federal, state, and local taxing and regulatory authorities may challenge our position and may decide to audit our business and operations with respect to, for example, state or local sales, use, gross receipts, excise and utility user taxes, fees or surcharges, which could result in us being liable for taxes, fees, or surcharges, as well as related penalties and interest, above our recorded accrued liability or additional liability for taxes, fees, or surcharges, as well as penalties and interest for our customers, which could harm our results of operations and our relationships with our customers. In addition, if our international sales grow, additional foreign countries may seek to impose sales or other tax collection obligations on us, which would increase our exposure to liability.

If jurisdictions enact new legislation or if taxing and regulatory authorities promulgate new rules or regulations or expand or otherwise alter their interpretations of existing rules and regulations, we could incur

additional liabilities. In addition, the collection of additional taxes, fees or surcharges in the future could increase our prices or reduce our profit margins. Compliance with new or existing legislation, rules or regulations may also make us less competitive with those competitors who are not subject to, or choose not to comply with, such legislation, rules or regulations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, substantial ongoing costs associated with complying with state or local tax, fee or surcharge requirements in the numerous markets in which we conduct or will conduct business.

Our ability to offer products outside the United States is subject to different regulatory and taxation requirements which may be complicated and uncertain.

When we expand the sale and implementation of our solutions internationally, we will be subject to additional regulations, taxes, surcharges and fees. Compliance with these new complex regulatory requirements differ from country to country and are frequently changing and may impose substantial compliance burdens on our business. At times, it may be difficult to determine which laws and regulations apply and we may discover that we are required to comply with certain laws and regulations after having provided services for some time in that jurisdiction, which could subject us to liability for taxes, fees and penalties on prior revenues, and we may be subject to conflicting requirements. Additionally, as we expand internationally, there is risk that governments will regulate or impose new or increased taxes or fees on the types of products that we provide. Any such additional regulation or taxes could decrease the value of our international expansion and harm our results of operations.

Requirements for us or our suppliers to pay federal or state universal service fund contribution amounts and assessments (either us paying directly or paying through our suppliers in the form of surcharges) for other telecommunications funds or taxes could impact the desirability and profitability of our products.

Applicable requirements for us to pay to our suppliers, or in some instances to pay directly, federal or state universal service surcharge amounts and assessments for other telecommunications funds or taxes, continue to change over time and may impact the desirability and profitability of our products. For example, interconnected voice over internet protocol (“VoIP”) providers are generally required to contribute to the federal Universal Service Fund, and the contribution rates have increased in recent years. In addition, if we are unable to continue to pass some or all of the cost of these surcharges and assessments to our customers, our profit margins will decrease. Our surcharge and assessment obligations, whether made directly or indirectly, may significantly increase in the future, due to new interpretations by governing authorities, governmental budget pressures, changes in our business model or products or other factors.

If we do not comply with federal or state laws and regulations, to the extent applicable, we could be subject to enforcement actions, forfeitures, loss of licenses/authorizations and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our products.

Our business is impacted by federal and state laws and regulations. Additionally, we are registered with the FCC and began providing interconnected VoIP services in the second half of 2021. As an interconnected VoIP provider, we are subject to certain existing or potential FCC regulations. If we do not comply with federal or state laws and regulations, to the extent applicable to our interconnected VoIP or other services, we could be subject to enforcement actions, forfeitures, behavioral or operational remedies, and possibly restrictions on our ability to operate or offer certain of our products. Any enforcement action, elements of which may become public, would hurt our reputation in the industry, could impair our ability to sell our products to customers and could harm our business and results of operations.

Some of the regulations to which we may be subject or which otherwise may impact our business (in whole or in part) include:

•

the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, or CALEA, which requires covered entities to assist law enforcement in undertaking electronic surveillance;

•

contributions to federal or state Universal Service funds;

•

payment of annual FCC regulatory fees based on our interstate and international revenues;

•

rules pertaining to access to our products by people with disabilities and contributions to the Telecommunications Relay Services;

•

911 and E911 requirements;

•

TRACED Act requirements; and

•

FCC rules regarding Customer Proprietary Network Information, or CPNI, which prohibit us from using such information without customer approval, subject to certain exceptions.

If we do not comply with any current or future rules or regulations that apply to our business, we could be subject to additional and substantial fines and penalties (including those mentioned above), we may have to restructure our products, exit certain markets, accept lower margins or raise the price of our products, any of which could harm our business and results of operations.

Many of our customers operate in the collections industry, which is heavily regulated under various federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations. In particular, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), FTC, state attorneys general and other regulatory bodies have the authority to impose certain restrictions on the collections industry and to investigate a variety of matters, including consumer complaints against debt collection companies, and can bring enforcement actions and seek monetary penalties, consumer restitution, and injunctive relief. If we, or our customers fail to comply with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, including, but not limited to, identity theft, privacy, data security, the use of automated dialing equipment, laws related to consumer protection, debt collection, and laws applicable to specific types of debt, it could result in the suspension or termination of the ability of our customers to conduct collection operations, which in turn would adversely affect us.

Additionally, new laws, rules or regulations, including changes to permissible communications in connection with consumer debt collection enacted by the CFPB, could limit the ability of certain of our customers to use our products or could potentially expose us or our customers to fines or penalties, which could reduce our revenues, or increase our expenses, and consequently adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, new federal, state or local laws or regulations, or changes in the ways these rules or laws are interpreted or enforced, could limit the activities of us or our customers in the future and could significantly increase the cost of regulatory compliance. Compliance with this extensive regulatory framework is expensive and labor-intensive. Any of the foregoing could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Regulation F, which implements the Final Debt Collection Practices Act and which took effect on November 30, 2021, governs third-party debt collectors and, among other things, limits the number of call attempts that a debt collector may make to a consumer to seven calls per account within a seven-day period. Once the debt collector makes actual contact with a consumer, the debt collector may not call the consumer again about that same account for a seven-day period. Adoption of the Regulation F Rule has required significant changes in the collection practices of some of our customers, and several of our customers have taken an even more conservative approach in their collection practices to ensure compliance with the rules, which has negatively impacted our revenue from these customers. We are not able to give any assurance that the effect of these new rules will not have a material impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

Legislative and regulatory changes to laws or policies related to loan deferment, forbearance, or forgiveness could have a material negative impact on the business operations and prospects of certain of our customers and as a result have a negative impact on our business, operations, and financial condition.

Legislative and regulatory changes to laws or policies related to loan deferment, forbearance, or forgiveness, including as a response to COVID-19, may have a significant impact on our customers’ businesses. For example, on March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law. In compliance with the CARES Act, payments and interest accruals on federal student loans were suspended until September 30, 2020, and subsequent Executive Orders have directed the Department of Education (“ED”) to extend the suspension until May 1, 2022. While the CARES Act applies only to loans owned by the ED, several states announced various initiatives to suspend payment obligations for private student loan borrowers in those states. Additionally, on March 25, 2020, the ED announced that private collection agencies were required to stop making outbound collection calls and sending letters or billing statements to borrowers in default. Moreover, in April 2020, various restrictions around the servicing and collection of private education loans were enacted by certain states. There is additional uncertainty as to the future of student loan forbearance or forgiveness under President Biden’s administration. President Biden has indicated a desire and a willingness to cancel federal student loan debt for certain individuals up to a threshold amount and there have been similar proposals in Congress.

Additionally, the CARES Act allowed borrowers affected by the COVID-19 pandemic to request temporary loan forbearance for federally-backed mortgage loans. Nevertheless, servicers of mortgage loans are contractually bound to advance monthly payments to investors, insurers, and taxing authorities regardless of whether the borrower actually makes those payments. While government-sponsored enterprises, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, recently issued guidance limiting the number of payments a servicer must advance in the case of a forbearance, loan servicers expect that a borrower who has experienced a loss of employment or a reduction of income may not repay the forborne payments at the end of the forbearance period. Additionally, loan servicers are prohibited by the CARES Act from collecting certain servicing related fees, such as late fees, during the forbearance plan period. They are further prohibited from initiating foreclosure and/or eviction proceedings under applicable investor and/or state law requirements.

These legislative and regulatory changes have had, and these and other changes that may be promulgated in the future, may have a negative impact on certain of our customers who service student loans or federally backed mortgage loans. In particular, forgiveness of outstanding loans or a suspension of loan payments and interest accruals may lead to a reduction in the demand for our customers’ business, resulting in a corresponding reduction to our business. Due to the impact of new legislation and regulation, coupled with the additional uncertainty of the new presidential administration’s student loan-related initiatives, we are not able to estimate the ultimate impact of changes in law on our customers and consequently our financial results, business operations, or strategies. Until the future of loan servicing is decided, our customers in this industry will continue to experience increased uncertainty. Our profitability, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and future business prospects could be materially and adversely affected as a result.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, LiveVox is qualified for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. Our shareholders may not have the same protections as those afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

Funds affiliated with Golden Gate Capital have sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by LiveVox TopCo LLC, which controls a majority of the voting power of our Class A common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an

individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

•

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

•

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

•

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

•

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

While we currently do not utilize any of these exceptions, we are qualified to do so. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board, our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not consist entirely of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, our shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

Golden Gate Capital controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Golden Gate Capital beneficially owns approximately 73.34% of our common stock as of December 31, 2021.

As long as Golden Gate Capital owns or controls a significant percentage of our outstanding voting power, they will have the ability to significantly influence all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our Board, any amendment to our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of the Company, which could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline or prevent stockholders from realizing a premium over the market price for Class A common stock.

Because our Certificate of Incorporation opts out of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating certain business combinations with interested stockholders, Golden Gate Capital may transfer shares to a third party by transferring their shares of Common Stock without the approval of our Board or other stockholders, which may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our Common Stock.

Golden Gate Capital’s interests may not align with our interests as a company or the interests of our other stockholders. In the ordinary course of their business activities, Golden Gate Capital and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that none of Golden Gate Capital, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or its affiliates has any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Golden Gate Capital also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Golden Gate Capital may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

We have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.

We currently do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future and plan to, instead, retain any earnings to finance our operations and growth. In addition, the terms of our credit facility restrict our ability to pay dividends. Because we have never paid cash dividends and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, the only opportunity to achieve a return on an investor’s investment in our company will be if the market price of our Class A Common Stock appreciates and the investor sells its shares at a profit. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A Common Stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price that an investor pays.

We may amend the terms of the Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of Public Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your Warrants could be increased, the Warrants could be converted into cash or stock, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our Warrants were issued in registered form under a Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent, and us. Such Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of Public Warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the Public Warrants with the consent of at least 65% of the then outstanding Public Warrants is not unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Warrants, convert the Warrants into cash or stock, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a Warrant.

We may redeem your unexpired Warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your Warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant; provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and for certain issuances of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities as described above) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders. If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding Warrants could force you to: (1) exercise your Warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so (2) sell your Warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your Warrants; or (3) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding Warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your Warrants.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together, these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and

may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. These provisions include:

•

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

•

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of the Board;

•

the requirement that directors may only be removed from the Board for cause;

•

the right of our Board to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director in certain circumstances, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board;

•

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

•

a prohibition on stockholders calling a special meeting and the requirement that a meeting of stockholders may only be called by members of our Board, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

•

the requirement that changes or amendments to certain provisions of our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws must be approved by holders of at least two-thirds of the Common Stock entitled to vote; and

•

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a meeting of stockholders, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes a forum selection clause.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company to the Company or its stockholders, (3) action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or our bylaws, or (4) action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the provision described in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further provides the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Our decision to adopt a federal forum provision for suits arising under federal securities laws in our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation followed a decision by the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware holding that such provisions are facially valid under Delaware law. However, such provision may not be enforceable under Section 22 of the Securities Act, and it may be possible for the Company to be sued in applicable state and local courts notwithstanding such provision.

stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

The forum selection clause may discourage claims or limit stockholders’ ability to submit claims in a judicial forum that they find favorable and may result in additional costs for a stockholder seeking to bring a claim. If a court were to determine the forum selection clause to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs in conjunction with our efforts to resolve the dispute in an alternative jurisdiction, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We qualify as an emerging growth company (“EGC”) as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). As such, we take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs for as long as we continue to be an EGC, including (i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under SOX, (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they deem important. We will remain an EGC until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) 2024, the fifth anniversary of Crescent’s IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We had net revenues during fiscal 2021 and 2020 of $119.2 million and $102.5 million, respectively. If we expand our business through acquisitions and/or continue to grow revenues organically, we may cease to be an EGC prior to the end of 2024.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an EGC can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an EGC. An EGC can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-EGSs, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected to avail ourselves of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an EGC, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company that is neither an EGC nor an EGC that has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

General Risks

Our quarterly and annual results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly and annual results of operations, including our revenues, profitability and cash flow have varied, and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may

not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter or period, or series of quarters or periods, should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly and annual financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control and, as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly and annual results may harm the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results include, without limitation:

•

market acceptance of our products;

•

our ability to attract new customers and grow our business with existing customers;

•

customer renewal rates;

•

customer attrition rates;

•

our ability to adequately expand our sales and service team;

•

our ability to acquire and maintain strategic and customer relationships;

•

the timing and success of new product and feature introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation, partnership or collaboration among competitors, customers or strategic partners;

•

network outages or security incidents, which may result in additional expenses or losses, legal or regulatory actions, the loss of customers, the provision of customer credits, and/or harm to our reputation;

•

general economic, industry and market conditions;

•

the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

•

seasonal factors that may cause our revenues to fluctuate across quarters;

•

inaccessibility or failure of our products due to failures in the products or services provided by third parties;

•

the amount and timing of costs and expenses related to our research and development efforts or in the acquisition of technologies or businesses and potential future charges for impairment of goodwill from acquired companies;

•

our ability to successfully integrate companies and businesses that we acquire and achieve a positive return on our investment;

•

our ability to expand and effectively utilize our network of master agents, referral agents and other third-party selling partners;

•

changes in accounting rules under current and future generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”);

•

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

•

increases or decreases in the costs to provide our products or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

•

the level of professional services and support we provide our customers;

•

fluctuations or changes in the components of our revenue;

•

the addition or loss of key customers, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

•

compliance with, or changes in, the current and future domestic and international regulatory environments;

•

the hiring, training and retention of our key employees;

•

changes in law or policy that impact us or our customers or suppliers;

•

the outcome of litigation or other claims against it;

•

the ability to expand internationally, and to do so profitably;

•

our ability to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms if and when needed; and

•

advances and trends in new technologies and industry standards.

Adverse economic conditions may harm our business.

Our business depends on the overall demand for cloud contact center software solutions and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. In addition to the United States, we may market and sell our products in international markets in the future. If economic conditions, including currency exchange rates, in these areas and other key potential markets for our solutions remain uncertain or deteriorate, customers may delay or reduce their contact center and overall information technology spending. If our customers or potential customers experience economic hardship, this could reduce the demand for our products, delay and lengthen sales cycles, lower prices for our products, and lead to slower growth or even a decline in our revenue, operating results and cash flows.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may require substantial financial and management resources.

As a public company, we are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

We may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining these controls can also divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404, including any additional requirements once we are no longer an EGC, in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to assess whether our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, which may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences and could harm investor confidence and the market price of our securities. Additionally, once we are no longer an EGC, we will be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

If we identify material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting when we no longer qualify as an EGC, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our Class A common stock, Warrants, and Units could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported operating results.

U.S. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our consolidated financial statements issued before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and will occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may harm our reported financial results or the way we account for or conduct our business.

For example, in May 2014, the FASB issued new revenue recognition rules under ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), which included a single set of rules and criteria for revenue recognition to be used across all industries. We adopted this standard in January 2019 using a full retrospective method. With the adoption of this standard, the timing of our commission expense recognition changed, which caused fluctuations in our operating results. See Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Further, in February 2016, the FASB issued new rules for leases under the ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”), which requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for both finance, previously known as capital, and operating leases with lease terms of more than 12 months. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2020 using a modified retrospective method. With the adoption of this standard, we recognized right-of-use, or ROU, assets and lease liabilities for operating leases. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

The application of any new accounting guidance is, and will be, based on all information available to us as of the date of adoption and up through subsequent interim reporting, including transition guidance published by the standard setters. However, the interpretation of these new standards may continue to evolve as other public companies adopt the new guidance and the standard setters issue new interpretative guidance related to these rules. As a result, changes in the interpretation of these rules could result in material adjustments to our application of the new guidance, which could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline, cessation or disruption of trading in our common stock and harm investors’ confidence in us.

In addition, certain factors have in the past and may in the future cause us to defer recognition of revenues. For example, the inclusion in our customer contracts of non-standard terms, such as acceptance criteria, could require the deferral of revenue. To the extent that such contracts become more prevalent in the future our revenue may be impacted.

Because of these factors and other specific requirements under U.S. GAAP for revenue recognition, we must have precise terms and conditions in our arrangements in order to recognize revenue when we deliver our products or perform our professional services. Negotiation of mutually acceptable terms and conditions can extend our sales cycle, and we may accept terms and conditions that do not permit revenue recognition at the time of delivery.

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States, and our domestic tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

•

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

•

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

•

tax effects of stock-based compensation;

•

costs related to intercompany restructurings;

•

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

•

lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A market for our securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

An active trading market for our securities may not be sustained. In addition, the price of our securities can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our securities become delisted from Nasdaq for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

We are subject to many hazards and operational risks that can disrupt our business, some of which may not be insured or fully covered by insurance.

Our operations are subject to many hazards inherent in the cloud contact center software business, including:

•

damage to third-party and our infrastructure and data centers, related equipment and surrounding properties caused by earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters, explosions and acts of terrorism;

•

security breaches resulting in loss or disclosure of confidential customer and customer data and potential liability to customers and non-customer third parties for such losses on disclosures; and

•

other hazards that could also result in suspension of operations, personal injury and even loss of life.

These risks could result in substantial losses and the curtailment or suspension of our operations. For example, in the event of a major earthquake, hurricane, tropical storm, flooding or severe weather or catastrophic events such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war or terrorist attack impacting our headquarters or any of the data centers we use, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system and service interruptions, reputational harm, delays in product development, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

We are not insured against all claims, events or accidents that might occur. If a significant accident or event occurs that is not fully insured, if we fail to recover all anticipated insurance proceeds for significant accidents or events for which we are insured, or if we or our data center providers fail to reopen facilities damaged by such accidents or events, our operations and financial condition could be harmed. In addition to being denied coverage under existing insurance policies, we may not be able to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates.

We may acquire or invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our products, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management, and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated. We may not be able to identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target.

To date, the growth in our business has been primarily organic, and we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. With respect to any future acquisitions, we may not be able to successfully integrate acquired personnel, operations and technologies, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from these or any future acquisitions due to a number of factors, including:

•

inability to integrate or benefit from acquisitions in a profitable manner;

•

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, including legal claims arising from the activities of companies or businesses we acquire;

•

acquisition-related costs;

•

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business to our products and contract terms, including due to disparities in the revenue, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

•

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

•

difficulties and additional costs and expenses associated with supporting legacy products and the hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

•

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

•

harm to our existing relationships with our partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

•

the loss of our or the acquired business’s key employees;

•

diversion of resources that could have been more effectively deployed in other parts of our business; and

•

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies and businesses we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities, the use of our available cash, or the incurrence of additional debt to fund such acquisitions, which could harm our operating results. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition could suffer.

In addition, third parties may be interested in acquiring us. We will continue to consider, evaluate and negotiate such transactions as we deem appropriate. Such potential transactions may divert the attention of management, and cause us to incur various costs and expenses in investigating, evaluating and negotiating such transactions, whether or not they are consummated.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of securities by the Selling Shareholders.

We will receive up to an aggregate of approximately $153.3 million from the exercise of the warrants, assuming the exercise in full of all of the warrants for cash. We expect to use the net proceeds from the exercise of the warrants for general corporate purposes. We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from the exercise of the warrants. There is no assurance that the holders of the warrants will elect to exercise any or all of such warrants. To the extent that the warrants are exercised on a “cashless basis,” the amount of cash we would receive from the exercise of the warrants will decrease.

The Selling Shareholders will pay any underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses incurred by the Selling Shareholders for brokerage, accounting, tax or legal services or any other expenses incurred by the Selling Shareholders in disposing of the securities. We will bear the costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the securities covered by this prospectus, including all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accounting firm.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Class A common stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, under the terms of our credit facility, our ability to declare dividends is limited by restrictive covenants.

BUSINESS

Unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company,” “LiveVox,” “we,” “us” or “our” and similar terms refer to LiveVox Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Crescent Acquisition Corp), and its subsidiaries, collectively.

Merger

On June 18, 2021 (the “Closing Date” or “Closing”), Crescent Acquisition Corp, a Delaware corporation (“Crescent”), consummated the previously announced business combination pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 13, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Crescent, Function Acquisition I Corp, a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Crescent (“First Merger Sub”), Function Acquisition II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Crescent (“Second Merger Sub”), LiveVox Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Old LiveVox”), and GGC Services Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, solely in its capacity as the representative, agent and attorney-in-fact (in such capacity, the “Stockholder Representative”) of LiveVox TopCo, LLC (“LiveVox TopCo”), a Delaware limited liability company and the sole stockholder of Old LiveVox as of immediately prior to Closing (the “LiveVox Stockholder”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, a business combination between Crescent and Old LiveVox was effected through (a) the merger of First Merger Sub with and into Old LiveVox, with Old LiveVox continuing as the surviving corporation (the “First Merger”) and (b) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the merger of Old LiveVox with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity (the “Second Merger”, and collectively with the other transactions described in the Merger Agreement, the “Merger”). On the Closing Date, Crescent changed its name to “LiveVox Holdings, Inc.” and Second Merger Sub changed its name to “LiveVox Intermediate LLC”. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus further discussion of the Merger.

On June 22, 2021, the Company’s ticker symbols on Nasdaq for its Class A common stock, warrants to purchase Class A common stock and public units were changed to “LVOX,” “LVOXW” and “LVOXU,” respectively.

Business Overview

LiveVox is a next generation, cloud-based contact-center-as-a-service (CCaaS) platform focused on deployments in both mid-market and enterprise organizations. Our mission is to help contact centers maximize their performance by seamlessly integrating omnichannel communications (voice, email, chat, SMS, etc.), artificial intelligence (AI), customer relationship management (CRM) and workforce optimization (WFO), in an easy-to-implement and easy-to-optimize platform. Built on a scalable, public cloud infrastructure, LiveVox can serve as a self-contained, out-of-the-box solution, or as a foundational platform that connects to other services through application programming interfaces (APIs). Facilitating more than 14 billion transactions annually, we have built a differentiated approach to the contact center software market, complemented by an attractive financial model.

•

Approach to CRM and data: Our products unify multiple disparate systems that clients already have in place by integrating the existing systems of record, many of the CRMs already within departments, and other often-used communication platforms, in order to present a single view of all customer conversations. Additionally, the platform provides a variety of integration methods, from data exchange methods, APIs, visual integration points through our embedded framework to a Robotic Process Automation library. Moreover, the CRM platform is used for a number of out-of-the-box use-cases, such as delivering customer service and ticketing functionality, lead management workflows and follow-up cadences, and agent guides and knowledge management tools.

•

Attractive financial profile, underpinned by the following qualities:

•

average calculated lifetime value of our customers is approximately 7 times the associated cost of acquiring them for the time period from 2018 to 2021.

Shift to Cloud-Based CCaaS Solutions

•

Digital transformation: Many companies continue to modernize all aspects of their businesses, incorporating digital, mobile, and cloud technologies in all areas. This is especially true for contact centers, where cloud-based solutions increase agility, flexibility, and efficiency. As more retail transactions occur online and not in a physical storefront, the contact center plays a bigger role in a consumer’s learning and buying process. Consumers’ preferences are moving away from voice to digital, and our platform enables companies to provide a digital-first service option.

•

LiveVox’s Market Opportunity

LiveVox’s Offerings

LOGO

Our cloud-based contact center platform is a comprehensive, integrated suite of omnichannel, AI, CRM, and WFO capabilities. Our platform is differentiated by the following characteristics:

•

Benefits to LiveVox’s Customers

•

Cost-efficient and faster time to utilization: Our commercial model typically requires lower implementation costs and resources when compared to other solutions, and following implementation, customers are able to scale their spend with their contact center needs. Our AI-configured, native CRM facilitates faster deployments for our customers, enabling them to avoid long, costly integrations and the complexity that agents face when navigating multiple systems of record. This helps our customers deliver more personalized service at scale through more customer-centric conversations regardless of the channel of communication utilized.

•

Growth Strategies

We are driving considerable growth in our business by executing across a number of strategies including:

•

LiveVox’s Products

CRM

•

appropriately matched to each customer. This database fills the need for customer service, sales, business process outsourcing (“BPO”) and any other of our customers to ensure no single interaction is orphaned. The combination of historical data, consumer attributes and consent are utilized by multiple applications to enhance consumers’ experiences in any channel, ensure that agents are provided relevant information and confirm analytical models are appropriately set up with the right data. Moreover, the application provides a visual layer, designed to understand customer population, create “what if” scenarios and execute both simple and complex segmentation strategies for personalized campaign launches in an Omnichannel environment. Additionally, we have invested in a robust set of ETL tools designed to integrate with customers’ existing modern CRM platforms, systems of records and legacy systems, ensuring consistent management of data and high reliability of future AI deployments.

•

Omnichannel and AI

•

Voice

•

skills and proficiencies, ensuring the appropriate match of customer to agent. Administrators gain real-time visibility across their entire organization through a combination of dashboards, providing top-level metrics with drill-down capabilities and real-time coaching tools such as whisper, barge or take-over.

•

Outbound Interactive Voice Response (IVR) – a messaging application allowing consumers to opt into conversations with agents based on confirmation of good/services or to serve as an immediate escalation point. Commonly utilized in the financial services and health-care verticals for reminders and ability to speak with a contact center individual.

•

IVR and contact flow – We provide customers the tools to create cross-channel, self-service journeys that are customized for their customers. We offer a wide array of features allowing our customers to customize their IVRs, including drag-and-drop features, over 40 pre-built modules, Text to Speech capabilities, a library of professionally recorded voice prompts, and omnichannel capabilities. Additionally, our API modules within Contact Flow Editor permit customers to use representational state transfer APIs to integrate with existing systems. Our IVR supports a “bring-your-own bot environment” while also providing a number of connectors to leading bot and virtual agent providers.

•

with the capability to filter across multiple dimensions and combine interaction, agent and consumer data elements, providing true insight for enterprise organizations. Wallboards are specifically designed for large scale display options within a contact center, providing insight with a highly configurable interface and real-time alert capabilities.

•

single or multiple channels in which customers operate, decreasing the need to build separate logic for each channel and ensuring consistency in virtual agent communication.

•

WFO

•

Agent Scheduling – Provides an interface for administrators and agents to create, modify, bid, and forecast schedules. The tool provides the ability for customers to forecast needed volumes of agents based on inbound volume as well as set goals for service levels. The agent scheduling capability extends to agents with the ability to view, modify and/or trade shifts amongst other agents.

•

Professional Services

Customers

Sales and Marketing

Our go-to-market strategy is led by our direct sales force. This team is primarily focused on enterprise and mid-market organizations, which we define as organizations with greater than 50 seats and the estimated potential to spend at least $5,000 per month on our services. We have divided the sales team into three groups: (1) the national sales team comprised of (A) “Hunters” (who are responsible for new logo generation and who generally keep accounts with upsell potential for the first year following initial booking) and (B) “Farmers” (who are responsible for account upsell and retention following the transition from a Hunter) focused on accounts greater than or equal to 250 agents; (2) the mid-market sales team comprised of Hunters and Farmers focused on accounts between 50 and 250 agents; and (3) channel account managers who focus on facilitating sale leads from our increasingly growing channel partner ecosystem. We have developed a targeted and disciplined, outcomes-based land and expand sales strategy designed to enable our sales force to efficiently generate and close net new logo opportunities within our ideal customer profile. Additionally, we have a strategic cadence around upsell and cross-sell opportunities that center on regularly scheduled customer business reviews. These business reviews lead to additional products being showcased/positioned into our existing customer base.

content curation, a full array of digital marketing, trade shows, webinars, industry analyst programs, public relations, and more.

In the third quarter of 2021, LiveVox introduced an indirect marketing team and strategy to support the Channel Sales Team of Channel Account Managers (CAMs) formed in July 2021.

The Channel’s go-to-market strategy is supported as follows:

•

Research and Development

Technology and Operations

Competition

•

traditional on-premise hardware business communications providers such as Avaya Inc., Alvaria, Cisco Systems, Inc., Mitel Networks Corporation, and partners that resell or license their software;

•

cloud-based contact center software providers such as Five9, NICE InContact, Genesys, Serenova, 8x8, RingCentral and Talkdesk;

•

digital engagement providers such as eGain Corporation, Lithium Technologies and LivePerson; and

•

developer-focused software providers such as Amazon, and Twilio.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include, but are not limited to:

•

platform reliability and scalability;

•

breadth and depth of platform features;

•

compliance and security capabilities;

•

ease of administration, integration, and use;

•

ease and speed of deployment;

•

domain expertise in contact center operations;

•

strength of third-party partnership ecosystem;

•

artificial intelligence capabilities; and

•

scale and expertise offered to the growing market for customer engagement and contact center services.

Intellectual Property

We protect our proprietary information through a combination of contractual agreements (containing confidentiality provisions and licensing restrictions) and trade secret laws. We protect our brand through contractual provisions that require our consent before use of our brand, as well as through trademark registrations. Additionally, all LiveVox employees sign agreements containing confidentiality and intellectual property assignment provisions, whereby any intellectual property they might develop as LiveVox employees is assigned to LiveVox.

As of December 31, 2021, our intellectual property portfolio included four registered U.S. trademarks, two pending trademark applications, and one issued U.S. patent.

We use third-party technology to support our software platform under various license agreements with those third parties. These license agreements contain standard and customary licensing rights to use the technology. Third-party infringement claims pertaining to this third-party technology could have a disruptive effect on our operations.

Seasonality

We believe that there can be structural factors that may cause our revenues in the first half of a year to be lower than our revenues in the second half of the year. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 52% of our total revenues were generated in the second half of the year. We believe this is due to steadily increasing recurring revenue on our platform that typically drives higher revenue in the second half of each year.

Human Capital Resources

Our workforce is an integral part of our success, with a team of professionals including those focused on technology and operations, research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative functions. As of December 31, 2021, our workforce consisted of 672 full-time employees, comprised of 239 in Technology and Operations, 174 in Research and Development, 197 in Sales and Marketing and 62 in General and Administrative.

We consider our LiveVox people community and the way we work to support each other and serve our customers to be the foundation of our success. The key human capital measures and objectives that we focus on in managing our business are: maintaining a strong team-first company culture, increasing our diversity, inclusion and belonging, offering fair and competitive compensation and benefits, investing in people and organizational development, protecting and enriching employee health and wellness, and sustaining a culture of respectful and effective communications.

Team-First Company Culture

We built a high-performance culture on our foundational aspirations expressed in the “LiveVox Way”: a combination of our values, operational priorities and strategic intent. These are:

•

Develop great people;

•

Marry innovation and discipline;

•

Data-driven innovation cycle;

•

Build sustainable competitive advantage; and

•

Differentiated cloud-first company

The LiveVox Way guides what we invest in, how we work, what we measure and improve to serve all our stakeholders: customers, teammates, stockholders, suppliers, and the communities in which we operate.

Maintaining a culture where innovation thrives is a requirement for all SaaS companies. LiveVox pairs strong business planning discipline with agile development cycles to rapidly deliver innovative solutions our customers want. We align work plans vertically and horizontally throughout the organization using an OKR (Objectives and Key Results) framework. Our company-wide objectives and key measures of success apply and are visible to teams around the world. This strong operational alignment provides great visibility to manage our business and increases our competitive advantage. We quickly identify opportunities to exploit, and obstacles to remove, and we coordinate across teams to effectively manage change and drive higher performance.

LiveVox regularly recognizes teams and individuals for supporting each other and our customers, achieving promotions and other career milestones and even making it through a challenge. In addition to regular team and cross-functional operations calls, we conduct monthly global All Hands calls to keep everyone current, answer questions, and celebrate our teammates—shining the spotlight on our most valuable assets: our people.

We collect feedback from our people to better understand and improve the LiveVox career experience and to identify opportunities to strengthen our culture and our business results. 93% of employees have generally participated in our annual employee survey. Our engagement scores with employees have risen year over year for the last 4 years as we apply our ideas to improve the LiveVox experience. As of December 31, 2021, we have best-in-class career experience with an overall employee engagement favorability score of 88%. We regularly pulse our new hires, managers, and teammates to understand their interview and onboarding experiences, how our learning and development programs are working, and what more we can do to support them.

We are proud of the consistently distinctive efforts of our global teams and grateful for their loyalty. For many years, LiveVox has maintained an annual employee retention rate of over 90%. As of December 31, 2021, over 10% of our employees had been with our company over 10 years, and another estimated 27% had a tenure of between 5 and 10 years. This human continuity increases our ability to build centers of excellence, effectively transfer deep expertise in LiveVox solutions, and nurture a strong teamwork ethic. With our year-over-year growth, we have also added new talent, new skills, and new perspectives to our teams.

Diversity, Inclusion and Belonging at LiveVox

Being a global organization, diversity, inclusion, and belonging are part of the fabric of our culture. We also want to increase diversity at LiveVox, so we have implemented a strategy to do so.

First, we are boosting our cultural competence in seeking out new perspectives and ideas and incorporating them into our business. We do this by learning about and experiencing different cultural traditions and approaches to work. LiveVox hosts monthly events in alignment with our diversity calendar, sponsors Employee Affinity Groups with diverse interests, and has a growing “hands on” community outreach program in every country where we have employees. Activities connect employees to diverse and often under-served groups, fostering a greater sense of cultural appreciation, sensitivity, and a more personally enriching environment for everyone.

We actively teach how to seek out and incorporate new perspectives and ideas. Our People Operations Department delivers new hire and ongoing training in effectively giving and asking for feedback, how to be aware of and prevent unconscious bias, and data-driven performance management. These programs improve communication and foster an inclusive company culture which, in turn, helps us to attract and retain diverse talent.

We have clear anti-discrimination/harassment policies, and we enforce them. Our policies are clearly communicated in our Employee Handbook and Governance Policies – but we go further. During new hire on-boarding we clarify expected and unacceptable conduct. We conduct mandatory management training on anti-discrimination/harassment, and we train managers on how unconscious bias impacts business decisions and how to prevent it. Incidents are rare at LiveVox, but when they occur, our processes and practices ensure everyone in the process knows we take these situations very seriously. The tone starts at the top. Our leadership team walks the walk so everyone understands both what is expected of them, and the support they can count on if there are issues.

We are passionate about, and invest in, a fair and level playing field. Equal pay, equal equity and equal career opportunities are foundational to attracting and retaining a diverse workforce. Our people team maintains global job, salary and equity structures and decision-supporting tools and train managers on how to use them. Every compensation decision—at job offer, merit review, transfer and promotion—is made in the context of a job-level and internal comparator review. We conduct thorough, annual compensation cohort analyses to address outliers that may emerge.

In 2021, over 20% of our hires were identified by internal recruiters who source talent from diverse groups, targeting diverse talent in passive recruiting strategies.

The success of any project depends on measuring progress. The last element of our strategy is to monitor the success of our diversity and inclusion initiatives. Employee surveys are a great way to do this. We also compare our metrics to external benchmarks for an objective view of our progress.

Government Regulation

The following summarizes important, but not all, regulations that could impact our operations. Regulations are subject to judicial proceedings and to legislative and administrative proposals that could materially affect how LiveVox and others in our industry operate. The specific impact, however, cannot be predicted at this time.

The Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) has jurisdiction over interstate and international telecommunications services and Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) telephony in the U.S. The FCC has not classified all Internet Protocol (“IP”)-enabled or VoIP communications services as unregulated information services or as regulated telecommunications services. Based on the nature of our IP-enabled services, we believe that many of those services are information services. Nonetheless, we acknowledge that the regulatory classification of IP-enabled services remains uncertain, and changes to the regulatory treatment of IP-based communications services could significantly affect our business.

LiveVox is registered with the FCC and began providing interconnected VoIP services in the second half of 2021. The FCC has imposed various regulatory requirements on interconnected VoIP providers that previously applied only to traditional telecommunications providers, such as obligations to provide 911 functionality, to contribute to the federal Universal Service and Telecommunications Relay Services Funds, to comply with regulations relating to local number portability, to abide by the FCC’s service discontinuance rules and to abide by the regulations concerning Customer Proprietary Network Information, outage reporting, access for persons with disabilities, the Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act and expanded obligations with respect to the transmission of emergency calls. In some instances, these regulations indirectly affect LiveVox because they directly apply to its customers or its suppliers. We cannot predict whether the FCC will impose additional requirements, regulations or charges upon interconnected VoIP services or other services that may include some voice functionality. Our IP-enabled services (including, where applicable, interconnected VoIP services), or customers who use such services, are or may be subject to some or all of the following regulations:

•

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (TCPA), which regulates the use of automatic telephone dialing systems and artificial or prerecorded voice technologies to place calls and texts to wireless and residential landline telephone numbers. The FCC, the Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general have the authority to enforce compliance with the TCPA. Moreover, the TCPA also allows aggrieved private parties to directly seek civil remedies and seek statutory-defined damages, which may be significant, for calls or text messages received without recipients’ proper consent. The scope and interpretation of these laws and regulations is inconsistent and continues to evolve and develop.

•

The TRACED Act, which is designed to limit “robocalls” to consumers through a variety of mechanisms, such as call authentication requirements. The TRACED Act directs the FCC to conduct a number of different rulemaking proceedings and increases the FCC’s enforcement authority. The FCC adopted new rules and is conducting several proceedings to understand and address fraud and abuse in the form of illegal robocalling, and we are continuing to assess the impact of such proceedings and subsequent regulations on our business. Currently, recently adopted rules allow carriers to block certain calls that they determine to be unlawful or unwanted. The TRACED Act also revised the FCC’s ability to enforce the TCPA, and we cannot predict the impact of the recent rules adopted by the FCC or what the impact of new rules may be on our business at this time.

•

The Telemarketing Sales Rule, which governs the manner of telemarketing outreach.

•

FCC Universal Service regulations, which implement universal service support for access to communications services in rural and high-cost areas and to low-income consumers at reasonable rates;

and access to advanced communications services by schools, libraries and rural health care providers. Any change in the FCC assessment methodology, or in our assessment of the applicability of the FCC assessment methodology to our business, may affect our revenue and expenses, but at this time, it is not possible to predict the extent LiveVox would be affected, if at all.

•

Federal Trade Commission enforcement authority and regulations, which generally relate to advertising, privacy practices, and avoiding unfair and deceptive trade practices.

•

The Fair Debt Collections Practices Act (FDCPA), which governs the manner of third-party debt collections. Regulation F, which implements the FDCPA and which took effect on November 30, 2021, governs third-party debt collectors and, among other things, limits the number of call attempts that a debt collector may make to a consumer to seven calls per account within a seven-day period. Once the debt collector makes actual contact with a consumer, the debt collector may not call the consumer again about that same account for a seven-day period.

•

Various privacy and data protection regulations such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), and California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA).

•

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) regulations

•

Office of the Comptroller of Currency (OCC) regulations

•

Various State Regulations LiveVox may also be subject to state laws and regulations affecting certain communications services or other parts of its business, including for example state requirements that are similar to the types of federal requirements discussed above.

•

Various International Regulations To the extent that we provide products or services internationally, we are subject to additional foreign regulations that may be ambiguous or more restrictive than domestic law and regulations, such as the GDPR.

The application and interpretation of the federal, state, and international laws and regulations to which LiveVox, its products and its customers are subject are often uncertain, particularly given the new and rapidly evolving industry in which LiveVox operates. Because these federal, state, and international laws and regulations have continued to develop and evolve rapidly, it is possible that LiveVox or its customers may not be, or may not have been, compliant with all applicable laws or regulations. If LiveVox or its customers do not comply with current or future rules or regulations that apply to their respective businesses, LiveVox and its customers may face reputational harm, fines, penalties, investigations, forfeitures, costs, and operational restrictions and LiveVox may have to restructure its products, create new products, and otherwise adapt to the changing legal and regulatory landscape, all of which could adversely affect our business operations. Refer to “Risk Factors” for more information.

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available free of charge on the Investor Relations page of our website at www.livevox.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additional information, including our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Corporate Governance Guidelines, and board of directors’ committee charters, can also be found on the Investor Relations page of our website at www.livevox.com. The contents of SEC’s and our websites are not incorporated into this prospectus. Further, our references to the uniform resource locator for these websites are intended to be inactive textual references only.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an emerging growth company (“EGC”), as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an EGC can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an EGC can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an EGC until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) 2024, which is the fifth anniversary of the closing of Crescent’s initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1,070,000,000, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700,000,000 as of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. References herein to EGC shall have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Legal Proceedings

The Company is currently, and from time to time may become, involved in legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business, including tort claims, employment disputes and commercial contract disputes. Although the outcome of such claims cannot be predicted with certainty, as of the date of this prospectus, we were not a party to any litigation or regulatory proceeding that would reasonably be expected to be material to LiveVox’s business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Please read Note 23 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, which is incorporated by reference herein.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Throughout this section, unless otherwise noted, the “Company,” “LiveVox,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refers to LiveVox Holdings, Inc., and its subsidiaries, collectively. You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with other sections of this prospectus, including the description of the Business and the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

Overview

We enable next-generation cloud contact center functionality through a cloud contact-center-as-a-service (or CCaaS) platform that we provide for enterprises, business process outsourcers (BPOs) and collections agencies. Our CCaaS platform provides customers with a scalable, cloud-based architecture and pre-integrated artificial intelligence (AI) capabilities to support enterprise-grade deployments of our solutions including omnichannel customer connectivity, customer relationship management (CRM) and workforce optimization (WFO). Our omnichannel product offerings enable our customers to connect with their customers via their channel of choice, including human voice, virtual agents powered by artificial intelligence (AI), email, text or web chat. Our platform features a native CRM which unifies disparate, department-level systems of record to present contact center agents with a single view of its customers without displacing or replacing existing CRMs or other systems of record. Our WFO offerings include a lightweight yet fully-featured product that meets the needs of smaller or less mature contact center operations as well as seamless integration with WFO products from other providers.

We typically sell our products to customers under one- to three-year subscription contracts that stipulate a minimum amount of monthly usage and associated revenue with the ability for the customer to consume more usage above the minimum contract amount each month. Our subscription revenue is comprised of the minimum usage revenue under contract (which we call “contract revenue”) and amounts billed for usage above the minimum contract value (which we call “excess usage revenue”), both of which are recognized on a monthly basis following deployment to the customer. Excess usage revenue is deemed to be specific to the month in which the usage occurs, since the minimum usage commitments reset at the beginning of each month. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, subscription revenue (including contract revenue and excess usage revenue) accounted for 98%, 99% and 99%, respectively, of our total revenue with the remainder consisting of professional services and other non-recurring revenue derived from the implementation of our products.

Reverse Recapitalization

LiveVox’s financial condition and results of operations may not be comparable between periods as a result of the Merger (as defined below) and becoming a public company.

Pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations, the merger between LiveVox Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “Old LiveVox”) and Crescent Acquisition Corp (“Crescent”) consummated on June 18, 2021 (the transaction referred to as the “Merger”) was accounted for as a Reverse Recapitalization, rather than a business combination, for financial accounting and reporting purposes. Accordingly, Old LiveVox was deemed the accounting acquirer (and legal acquiree) and Crescent was treated as the accounting acquiree (and legal acquirer). Under this method of accounting, the Reverse Recapitalization was treated as the equivalent of Old LiveVox issuing stock for the net assets of Crescent, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Crescent are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations prior to the Merger are those of Old

LiveVox. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share available for common stockholders, prior to the Merger, have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Merger Agreement dated January 13, 2021.

There have been no material changes to the aggregate consideration received or the total transaction costs incurred as a result of the Merger previously disclosed in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on August 13, 2021.

Impact of COVID-19

While impacts associated with COVID-19 had certain adverse impacts on our business and operating results in the first two quarters of fiscal 2020, we have not experienced a sustained disruption in our overall business other than as described below.

In March of fiscal 2020, we began to experience softness in our excess usage revenue in relation to our contract revenue (as evidenced by the calculation of total revenue divided by contract revenue which we call the “usage multiplier”) as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and this softness continued to persist through the end of fiscal 2021. We attribute this softness to financial stimulus packages designed to address the financial hardships of Americans brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic which allowed many of our customers in the collections industry to meet their collection goals with fewer interactions with debtors. As a result, our usage multiplier declined sequentially from the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 to the second quarter of fiscal 2021. In the second half of fiscal 2021 our usage multiplier increased slightly over the second quarter of fiscal 2021, but remained below the first quarter of fiscal 2021. When the effects of the pandemic and the associated financial stimulus (including, but not limited to direct stimulus payments, extensions and enhancements of unemployment benefits and loan forbearances) dissipate and there is a return to growth in consumer debt relative to disposable income, we believe the usage multiplier will recover to normal historical levels. As that relationship moves towards normal historical levels, our excess usage revenue is likely to grow faster than our contract revenue.

Impact of Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) Seven Voice Attempts In Seven Days Ruling

The dialing practices of several of our larger BPOs and collection customers were constrained by Regulation F, which took effect on November 30, 2021. Regulation F governs third-party debt collectors and, among other things, limits the number of call attempts that a debt collector may make to a consumer to seven calls per account within a seven day period (sometimes referred to as “7 in 7”). Once the debt collector makes actual contact with a consumer, the debt collector may not call the consumer again about that same account for a seven-day period. Excess usage revenue in December 2021 was impacted by approximately $1.0 million as many customers conservatively changed their dialing pattern to less than 7 in 7. We are actively presenting a best practice designed to enhance our customers’ profitability that replaces their previous behavior with a Regulation F-compliant calling regimen supplemented by best-time dial technology and/or 2 text messages per week. Sales of our Attempt Supervisor product have increased in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, and while we expect sales of this product to continue to increase, we believe the conservative dialing behavior demonstrated by our customers immediately following the implementation of Regulation F will be replaced by behavior that optimizes the profitability of our customers in the future. We believe that our recommended best practices, if implemented, will result in higher collection results for our customers, at a lower labor cost with a slight increase in software costs. However, there can be no assurance as to when our customers will adopt our recommended Regulation F-compliant practices, if at all. For the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, our usage multiplier was unfavorably impacted by approximately 0.04x.

LiveVox’s Segments

of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment.

Key Operating and Non-GAAP Financial Performance Metrics

In addition to measures of financial performance presented in our consolidated financial statements, we monitor the key metrics set forth below to help us evaluate growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts and assess operational efficiencies.

LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate

We believe that our LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate provides us and investors with insight into our ability to retain and grow revenue from our customers and is a meaningful measure of the long-term value of our customer relationships. We calculate LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate by dividing the recurring revenue recognized during the most recent LTM period by the recurring revenue recognized during the LTM period immediately preceding the most recent LTM period, provided, however, that recurring revenue from a customer in the most recent LTM period is excluded from the calculation if recurring revenue was not recognized from that customer in the preceding LTM period. Customers who cease using our products during the most recent LTM period are included in the calculation. For example, LTM Net Revenue Retention for the 12-month period ending December 2021 includes recurring revenue from all customers for whom revenue was recognized in 2020 regardless of whether such customers increased, decreased, or stopped their use of our products during 2021 (i.e., old customers), but excludes recurring revenue from all customers who began using our services during 2021 (i.e., new customers). We define monthly recurring revenue as recurring monthly contract and excess usage revenue, which we calculate separately from one-time, non-recurring revenue by month by customer. We consider all contract and excess usage revenue, which represents 98% of our revenue, to be recurring revenue as all of our contracts provide for a minimum commitment amount. We consider professional services revenue and one-time adjustments, which are booked on a one-time, nonrecurring basis, to be non-recurring revenue. Professional services and other one-time adjustments are generally not material to the result of the calculation. However, one-time non-recurring revenue is important with respect to timing as we bill installation and non-standard statement of work fees immediately and recognize the revenue as the work is completed, which is generally in advance of the beginning of recurring revenue which is when we recognize the beginning of the LTM period immediately preceding the most recent LTM period.

The following table shows our LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate for the periods presented:


	Twelve Months Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate		105	%		106	%		118	%

Our LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate reflects the expansion over time of our existing customers as they add new products and additional units of service. A much higher percentage of the product revenue from our customers is contracted on our variable per minute pricing model with a minimum commitment as compared to our per agent pricing model with minimum commitments for both agents and units of service.

Our LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate decreased by 1% percentage points, to 105% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 from 106% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 primarily as a result of the impacts of COVID-19 and the related decrease in excess usage revenue, described above. Despite the decline in LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate, monthly minimum contract revenue for customers grew by 26% from fiscal 2020 to fiscal 2021.

Our LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate decreased by 12 percentage points, to 106% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 from 118% in the twelve months ended December 31, 2019 primarily as a result of the

impacts of COVID-19 and the related decrease in excess usage revenue, described above. Despite the decline in LTM Net Revenue Retention Rate, monthly minimum contract revenue for customers grew by 20 % from fiscal 2019 to fiscal 2020.

Adjusted EBITDA

We monitor Adjusted EBITDA, a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“Non-GAAP”) financial measure, to analyze our financial results and believe that it is useful to investors, as a supplement to U.S. GAAP measures, in evaluating our ongoing operational performance and enhancing an overall understanding of our past financial performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA helps illustrate underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the income or expenses that we exclude from Adjusted EBITDA. Furthermore, we use this measure to establish budgets and operational goals for managing our business and evaluating our performance. We also believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides an additional tool for investors to use in comparing our recurring core business operating results over multiple periods with other companies in our industry.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may differ from that of other companies in our industry. We compensate for the inherent limitations associated with using Adjusted EBITDA through disclosure of these limitations, presentation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure, net loss. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) long-term equity incentive bonus, (iii) stock-based compensation expense, (iv) interest expense, net, (v) change in the fair value of warrant liability, (vi) other expense (income), net, (vii) provision for income taxes, and (viii) other items that do not directly affect what we consider to be our core operating performance.

The following table shows a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Net loss	$	(103,194	)	$	(4,645	)	$	(6,913	)
Non-GAAP adjustments:
Depreciation and amortization (1)		6,579			6,065			4,894
Long-term equity incentive bonus and stock-based compensation expenses (2)(3)		74,489			1,323			9,182
Interest expense, net		3,732			3,890			3,320
Change in the fair value of warrant liability		(1,242	)		—			—
Other expense (income), net		(460	)		154			(22	)
Acquisition and financing related fees and expenses (4)		1,537			25			1,664
Transaction-related costs (5)		2,263			707			—
Golden Gate Capital management fee expenses (6)		135			781			732
Provision for income taxes		166			196			149
Other non-recurring expenses		—			—			249

Adjusted EBITDA	$	(15,995	)	$	8,496		$	13,255

(1)	Depreciation and amortization expenses included in our results of operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cost of revenue	$	3,776	$	3,826	$	3,130
Sales and marketing expense		2,390		1,961		1,531
General and administrative expense		281		160		153
Research and development expense		132		118		80

Total depreciation and amortization	$	6,579	$	6,065	$	4,894

(2)	Long-term equity incentive bonus included in our results of operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cost of revenue	$	9,697	$	123	$	1,007
Sales and marketing expense		18,405		277		1,874
General and administrative expense		18,594		336		4,420
Research and development expense		23,888		31		1,881

Total long-term equity incentive bonus	$	70,584	$	767	$	9,182

(3)	Stock-based compensation expenses included in our results of operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019

Cost of revenue	$	500	$	57	$	—
Sales and marketing expense		865		113		—
General and administrative expense		1,169		273		—
Research and development expense		1,371		113		—

Total stock-based compensation expenses	$	3,905	$	556	$	—

(4)	Acquisition and financing related fees and expenses included in our results of operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cost of revenue	$	—	$	—	$	—
Sales and marketing expense		—		—		—
General and administrative expense		1,537		25		1,664
Research and development expense		—		—		—

Total acquisition and financing related fees and expenses	$	1,537	$	25	$	1,664

(5)	Transaction-related costs included in our results of operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cost of revenue	$	—	$	—	$	—
Sales and marketing expense		—		—		—
General and administrative expense		2,263		707		—
Research and development expense		—		—		—

Total transaction-related costs	$	2,263	$	707	$	—

(6)	Golden Gate Capital management fee expenses included in our results of operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cost of revenue	$	—	$	—	$	—
Sales and marketing expense		—		—		—
General and administrative expense		135		781		732
Research and development expense		—		—		—

Total Golden Gate Capital management fee expenses	$	135	$	781	$	732

Non-GAAP Gross Profit and Non-GAAP Gross Margin Percentage

U.S. GAAP defines gross profit as revenue less cost of revenue. Cost of revenue includes all expenses associated with our various product offerings as more fully described under the caption “Components of Results of Operations—Cost of Revenue” below. We define Non-GAAP gross profit as gross profit after adding back the following items:

•

depreciation and amortization;

•

long-term equity incentive bonus and stock-based compensation expenses; and

•

other non-recurring expenses

We add back depreciation and amortization, long-term equity incentive bonus and stock-based compensation expenses and other non-recurring expenses because they are one-time or non-cash items. We eliminate the impact of these one-time or non-cash items because we do not consider them indicative of our core operating performance. Their exclusion facilitates comparisons of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Therefore, we believe showing Non-GAAP gross margin to remove the impact of these one-time or non-cash expenses is helpful to investors in assessing our gross profit and gross margin performance in a way that is similar to how management assesses our performance.

We calculate Non-GAAP gross margin percentage by dividing Non-GAAP gross profit by revenue, expressed as a percentage of revenue.

Management uses Non-GAAP gross profit and Non-GAAP gross margin percentage to evaluate operating performance and to determine resource allocation among our various product offerings. We believe Non-GAAP gross profit and Non-GAAP gross margin percentage provide useful information to investors and others to understand and evaluate our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors and allows for better comparison of financial results among our competitors. Non-GAAP gross profit and Non-GAAP gross margin percentage may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate Non-GAAP gross profit and Non-GAAP gross margin percentage or similarly titled measures in the same manner as we do.

The following table shows a reconciliation of gross profit to Non-GAAP gross margin percentage for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Gross profit	$	58,592		$	63,069		$	54,502
Depreciation and amortization		3,776			3,826			3,130
Long-term equity incentive bonus and stock-based compensation expenses		10,197			180			1,007
Other non-recurring expenses		—			—			211

Non-GAAP gross profit	$	72,565		$	67,075		$	58,850
Non-GAAP gross margin %		60.9	%		65.4	%		63.4	%

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue by providing products under a variety of pricing models. Our recently released AI Virtual Agent product and our historical Voice product are provided under a usage-based pricing model with prices calculated on a per-minute basis with a contracted minimum commitment in accordance with the terms of the underlying pricing agreements. Voice is our predominant source of revenue. Other revenue sources are derived from products under the following pricing models:

a per “unit of measure” with a minimum commitment (e.g., Speech IQ);

the combination of per agent and per “unit of measure” models with minimum contracted commitments for each (e.g., SMS, email, U-CRM services);

a per agent pricing model with a minimum agent commitment (e.g., U-Script, U-Ticket, U-Chat, U-Quality Management, U-Screen Capture, U-CSAT, U-BI, Hosted PBX services); and

a per agent pricing model with a minimum agent commitment with a monthly maximum commitment (e.g., PDAS–our compliance product, U-BI).

Outside of Voice, our pricing models detailed above are relatively new to the market and are not yet material to our business from a financial perspective.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists of personnel costs and associated costs such as travel, information technology, facility allocations and stock-based compensation for Implementation and Training Services, Customer Care, Technical Support, Professional Services, User Acceptance Quality Assurance, Technical Operations and VoIP services to our customers. Other costs of revenue include non-cash costs associated with depreciation and amortization including acquired technology, charges from telecommunication providers for communications, data center costs and costs to providers of cloud communication services, software, equipment maintenance and support costs to maintain service delivery operations.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we completed a major strategic milestone when our data center transitioned from a model based on maintaining a co-location facility with our own capital equipment to a 100% cloud strategy based on monthly recurring charges for capacity added in generally small step function increments. As a result, we have reduced our capital expenditures for data center equipment, which has slowed growth in depreciation and increased our data center costs for our cloud provisioning. We expect feature release efficiencies for our cloud operations as research and development resources eliminate the release effort associated with our co-location deployment. We have accelerated depreciation expense associated with the change in useful life estimate of the co-location facility.

As our business grows, we expect to realize economies of scale in our cost of revenue. We use the LiveVox platform to facilitate data-driven innovations to identify and facilitate efficiency improvement to our implementation, customer care and support, and technical operations teams. Additionally, our research and development priorities include ease of implementation, reliability and ease of use objectives that reduce costs and result in economies of scale relative to revenue growth.

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses as sales and marketing, general and administrative, and research and development.

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for personnel in sales and marketing, sales commissions, channel special program incentive funds (SPIFF) and channel commissions, travel costs, as well as marketing pipeline management, content delivery, programs, campaigns, lead generation, and allocated overhead. We believe it is important to continue investing in sales and marketing to continue to generate revenue growth, and we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars and fluctuate as a percentage of revenue as we continue to support our growth initiatives.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for management, finance and accounting, legal, information systems and human resources personnel, professional fees, compliance costs, other corporate expenses and allocated overhead. We expect that general and administrative expenses will fluctuate in absolute dollars from period to period but decline as a percentage of revenue over time.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salary and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for LiveVox personnel as well as limited outsourced software development resources related to the identification and development of improvements, and expanded features for our products, as well as quality assurance, testing, product management and allocated overhead. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We have not performed research and development for internal-use software that would meet the qualifications for capitalization. We believe it is important to continue investing in research and development to continue to expand and improve our products and generate future revenue growth, and we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars and fluctuate as a percentage of revenue as we continue to support our growth initiatives.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands, except per share data):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Revenue	$	119,231		$	102,545
Cost of revenue		60,639			39,476

Gross profit		58,592			63,069
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing expense		62,333			29,023
General and administrative expense		44,694			14,291
Research and development expense		52,562			20,160

Total operating expenses		159,589			63,474

Loss from operations		(100,997	)		(405	)
Interest expense, net		3,732			3,890
Change in the fair value of warrant liability		(1,242	)		—
Other expense (income), net		(459	)		154

Total other expense, net		2,031			4,044
Pre-tax loss		(103,028	)		(4,449	)
Provision for income taxes		166			196

Net loss	$	(103,194	)	$	(4,645	)

Net loss per share—basic and diluted	$	(1.29	)	$	(0.07	)
Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted		79,964			66,637

Revenue


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		$ Change		% Change
Revenue	$	119,231	$	102,545	$	16,686		16.3	%

Revenue increased by $16.7 million, or 16.3%, to $119.2 million in fiscal 2021 from $102.5 million in fiscal 2020, primarily due to the acquisition of new customers and upsells to our existing customer base. The recent stimulus packages designed to address the COVID-19 pandemic have allowed our customers to meet their goals with less effort, reducing usage volumes, which was more than offset by 26% growth in contract revenue.

Cost of revenue


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change		% Change
Cost of revenue	$	60,639		$	39,476		$	21,163		53.6	%

% of revenue		50.9	%		38.5	%

Cost of revenue increased by $21.2 million, or 53.6%, to $60.6 million in fiscal 2021 from $39.5 million in fiscal 2020. The increase was attributable primarily to increased personnel costs of $11.0 million, of which $9.5 million was associated with our VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e., the Merger) and were recorded as compensation expense within cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the second quarter of fiscal 2021. We also experienced increased cloud data center costs of $4.8 million in fiscal 2021 while transitioning from our co-location deployment. With the transition to the cloud complete in late 2021, going forward, we expect continued benefit from reduced technical debt (i.e., the implied cost of additional rework caused by choosing an easy solution now instead of using a better approach that would take longer), increased development efficiency and significantly reduced capital expenditure needs. Additionally, stock-based compensation expenses increased $0.4 million associated with restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and performance-based restricted stock units (“PSUs”) granted under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) in fiscal 2021.

Gross profit


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Gross profit	$	58,592		$	63,069		$	(4,477	)		(7.1	)%

Gross margin percentage		49.1	%		61.5	%

Gross profit decreased by $4.5 million, or 7.1%, to $58.6 million in fiscal 2021 from $63.0 million in fiscal 2020. The decrease in gross profit was a result of increased personnel costs of $11.0 million, of which $9.5 million was associated with our VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e. the Merger) and were recognized as compensation expense in the second quarter of fiscal 2021, increased cloud data center costs of $4.8 million in fiscal 2021 while transitioning from our co-location deployment which we began in early 2020 and completed in late 2021, and increased stock-based compensation expenses of $0.4 million associated with the RSUs and PSUs granted under the 2021 Plan in fiscal 2021, partially offset by higher revenue.

Sales and marketing expense


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change		% Change
Sales and marketing expense	$	62,333		$	29,023		$	33,310		114.8	%

% of revenue		52.3	%		28.3	%

Sales and marketing expense increased by $33.3 million, or 114.8%, to $62.3 million in fiscal 2021 from $29.0 million in fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel costs of $28.7 million of which $18.1 million was associated with the VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e., the Merger) and were recorded as compensation expense within sales and marketing expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the second quarter of fiscal 2021. Additionally, marketing, promotions and tradeshow expenses increased $2.7 million, and stock-based compensation expenses increased $0.8 million associated with the RSUs and PSUs granted under the 2021 Plan in fiscal 2021.

General and administrative expense


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change		% Change
General and administrative expense	$	44,694		$	14,291		$	30,403		212.7	%

% of revenue		37.5	%		13.9	%

General and administrative expense increased by $30.4 million, or 212.7%, to $44.7 million in fiscal 2021 from $14.3 million in fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel costs of $21.0 million of which $18.4 million was associated with the VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e., the Merger) and were recorded as compensation expense within general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the second quarter of fiscal 2021. Additionally, accounting, audit and legal fees increased $3.8 million in connection with our transition to a public company, miscellaneous general and administrative expenses increased $3.3 million primarily attributable to $1.5 million for directors’ and officers’ insurance, and stock-based compensation expenses increased $0.9 million associated with the RSUs and PSUs granted under the 2021 Plan in fiscal 2021.

Research and development expense


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change		% Change
Research and development expense	$	52,562		$	20,160		$	32,402		160.7	%

% of revenue		44.1	%		19.7	%

Research and development expense increased by $32.4 million, or 160.7%, to $52.6 million in fiscal 2021 from $20.2 million in fiscal 2020. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel costs of $29.1 million of which $23.5 million was associated with the VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested upon a liquidity event (i.e., the Merger) and were recorded as compensation expense within research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss in the second quarter of fiscal 2021. Additionally, computing costs used in the development of software increased $1.6 million, and stock-based compensation expenses increased $1.3 million associated with the RSUs and PSUs granted under the 2021 Plan in fiscal 2021.

Interest expense, net


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change			% Change
Interest expense, net	$	3,732		$	3,890		$	(158	)		(4.1	)%

% of revenue		3.1	%		3.8	%

Interest expense, net decreased by $0.2 million, or 4.1%, to $3.7 million in fiscal 2021 from $3.9 million in fiscal 2020. The decrease was attributable primarily to decreased interest expense of $0.2 million associated with the decreased outstanding principal amount of our term loan and lower interest rates, partially offset by the BusinessPhone asset acquisition contingent consideration payment.

Change in the fair value of warrant liability


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			$ Change
Change in the fair value of warrant liability	$	(1,242	)	$	—		$	(1,242	)

% of revenue		(1.0	)%		—	%

Gain recognized due to change in the fair value of warrant liability increased by $1.2 million to $1.2 million in fiscal 2021 from $0 in fiscal 2020. The increase was attributable primarily to decrease in the fair value of Forward Purchase Warrants. Upon the consummation of the Merger on June 18, 2021, the Company recorded a

liability related to the Forward Purchase Warrants of $2.0 million, with an offsetting entry to additional paid-in capital. On December 31, 2021, the fair value of the Forward Purchase Warrants decreased to $0.8 million, with the adjustment reflected as a warrant liability within the consolidated balance sheets, and the gain on fair value change recorded as a change in the fair value of warrant liability within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

A comparison of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 can be found in the section entitled “LiveVox Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Crescent’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on May 14, 2021.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Cash

LiveVox’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern for the 12-month period from the date of issuance of the consolidated financial statements, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. Historically, the Company’s main sources of liquidity were cash generated by operating cash flows and debt. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company’s cash flow from operations was $(69.1) million, $1.1 million and $1.6 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s cash flows also include net cash proceeds of $157.6 million from the Merger and the related PIPE, net of transaction costs, which are available for general corporate purposes.

As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company held cash and cash equivalents of $47.2 million and $18.1 million, respectively. In addition, the Company had restricted cash of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2021 related to the holdback amount for one acquisition the Company made in 2019 and $1.5 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2020 related to the holdback amount for two acquisitions the Company made in 2019. The Company invested in various marketable securities in the year ended December 31, 2021, and held marketable securities of $49.4 million as of December 31, 2021.

On February 28, 2018, the Company entered into an amendment to its term loan and revolving credit facility with PNC Bank originally dated November 7, 2016 (as so amended, the “Credit Facility”) to provide for a $45.0 million term loan, a $5.0 million line of credit and a $1.5 million letter of credit sub-facility. The agreement governing the Credit Facility initially had a five-year term ending November 7, 2021, which has been extended as described below. The Credit Facility is collateralized by a first-priority perfected security interest in substantially all the assets of the Company and is subject to certain financial covenants before and after a covenant conversion date. Covenant conversion may be elected early by the Company if certain criteria are met, including, but not limited to, meeting fixed charge coverage and liquidity ratio targets as of the most recent twelve-month period. Prior to the covenant conversion date, the Company is required to maintain minimum levels of liquidity and recurring revenue. As of the covenant conversion date, the Company is required to maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Facility) measured on a quarter-end basis for the four-quarter period ending on each such date through the end of the agreement.

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and was in compliance with all debt covenants as of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements. There was no unused borrowing capacity under the term loan portion of the Credit Facility at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. On March 17, 2020, as a precautionary measure to ensure financial flexibility and maintain maximum liquidity in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company drew down approximately $4.7 million under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, which was repaid in full by the Company in connection with the Merger in the second quarter of fiscal 2021.

Cash Requirements

LiveVox’s cash requirements within the next 12 months consist primarily of operation and administrative activities including employee related expenses and general, operating and overhead expenses, current maturities of the Company’s term loan, operating and finance leases and other obligations.

LiveVox’s long-term cash requirements consist of various contractual obligations and commitments, including:

•

Term loan – The Company has contractual obligations under its term loan to make principal and interest payments. Please see Note 11 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for a discussion of the contractual obligations under the Company’s term loan and the timing of principal maturities. The principal amount is due December 31, 2025;

•

Operating and finance lease obligations – The Company leases its corporate headquarters and worldwide offices under operating leases, and finance computer and networking equipment and software purchases for its co-location data centers under finance leases. Please see Note 10 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for further detail of the Company’s obligations under operating and finance leases and the timing of expected future lease payments;

•

Other liabilities – These include other long-term liabilities reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021, including obligations associated with certain employee and non-employee incentive plans, Forward Purchase Warrants, unrecognized tax benefits and various long-term liabilities, which have some inherent uncertainty in the timing of these payments.

Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company’s customer growth rate, customer retention, timing and extent of development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced product offerings, the continuing market acceptance of the Company’s products, effective integration of acquisition activities, and maintaining the Company’s bank credit facility. Additionally, the duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic continues to depend on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the ongoing severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent and effectiveness of vaccine programs and other containment actions, the duration of social distancing, office closure and other restrictions on businesses and society at large, and the specific impact of these and other factors on the Company’s business, employees, customers and partners. While the COVID-19 pandemic has caused operational difficulties, and may continue to create unprecedented challenges, it has not thus far had a substantial net impact on the Company’s liquidity position.

The Company believes the cash generated by operating cash flows and debt will be sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus and beyond, while maintaining sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes.

Acquisition Opportunities

The Company believes that there may be opportunity for further consolidation in LiveVox’s industry. From time to time, the Company evaluates potential strategic opportunities, including acquisitions of other providers of

cloud-based services. The Company has been in, and from time to time may engage in, discussions with counterparties in respect of various potential strategic acquisition and investment transactions. Some of these transactions could be material to the Company’s business and, if completed, could require significant commitments of capital, result in increased leverage or dilution and/or subject the Company to unexpected liabilities. In connection with evaluating potential strategic acquisition and investment transactions, the Company may incur significant expenses for the evaluation and due diligence investigation of these potential transactions.

Comparison of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table summarizes key components of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	$	(69,057	)	$	1,070
Net cash used in investing activities		(49,803	)		(773	)
Net cash provided by financing activities		146,689			2,768
Effect of foreign currency translation		(78	)		(12	)

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	27,751		$	3,053

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

Cash flows from operating activities in fiscal 2021 decreased by $70.1 million to $(69.1) million from $1.1 million in fiscal 2020. The decrease to net cash provided by operating activities was primarily attributable to a $98.5 million increase to net loss and an increase of $35.8 million in non-cash adjustments to net loss. These non-cash items primarily consisted of a $32.6 million increase of compensation expense associated with the VCIP and OBIP awards fully vesting in connection with the Merger in the second quarter of fiscal 2021, and a $3.3 million increase of stock-based compensation expenses associated with the RSUs and PSUs granted under the 2021 Plan in fiscal 2021. Net cash used in operating activities also included a decrease of $7.4 million in cash from operating assets and liabilities, primarily due to the payment of indirect or non-incremental transaction costs of $2.1 million associated with the Merger, and the timing of cash payments to vendors and cash receipts from customers.

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal 2021 increased by $49.0 million to $(49.8) million from $(0.8) million during the same period in fiscal 2020. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2021 was primarily comprised of $50.8 million in purchases of debt securities.

Net cash provided by financing activities

Cash flows provided by financing activities in fiscal 2021 increased by $143.9 million to $146.7 million from $2.8 million during the same period in 2020, reflecting the net cash proceeds of $159.7 million received in fiscal 2021 as a result of the Merger, net of direct and incremental transaction costs. Net cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by the repayment of $4.7 million, representing the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, made in conjunction with the Merger, and the cash payment made in the third quarter of fiscal 2021 up to the fair value of the contingent consideration liability on the acquisition date of $6.0 million associated with the BusinessPhone asset acquisition.

Comparison of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

A comparison of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 can be found in the section entitled “LiveVox Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Crescent’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on May 14, 2021.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the determination of the useful lives of long-lived assets, allowances for doubtful accounts, fair value of goodwill and long-lived assets, fair value of incentive awards, fair value of Warrants, establishing standalone selling price, valuation of deferred tax assets, income tax uncertainties, and other contingencies. Management periodically evaluates such estimates and they are adjusted prospectively based upon such periodic evaluation. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations, requiring adjustment to these balances in future periods.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting estimates are critical to our business operations and understanding of our financial results. We consider an accounting judgment, estimate or assumption to be critical when (i) the estimate or assumption is complex in nature or requires a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and (ii) the use of different judgments, estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Impairment of long-lived assets, including intangible assets

Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used are recognized based on the fair value of the asset and long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value. No impairment losses have been recognized in any of the periods presented.

We perform our annual impairment review of goodwill on October 1 of each year, and when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. In testing for goodwill impairment, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test to determine if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. If the fair value is determined to be less than the carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. No impairment losses have been recognized in any of the periods presented.

Intangible assets, consisting of acquired developed technology, corporate name, customer relationships and workforce, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. No impairment losses have been recognized in any of the periods presented.

Impairment of marketable securities

The Company monitors the carrying value of debt securities compared to their fair value to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is other-than-temporary include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, credit quality and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. If a decline in fair value of debt securities is determined to be other-than-temporary, an impairment charge related to that specific investment is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses for debt securities at December 31, 2021 were temporary in nature and did not consider any debt securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company will continue to assess whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired at every reporting period (i.e., on quarterly basis).

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with U.S. GAAP, pursuant to ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company derives substantially all of its revenue by providing cloud-based contact center voice products under a usage-based model. The Company’s performance obligations are satisfied over time as the customer has continuous access to its hosted technology platform solutions through one of its data centers and simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits and the Company performs its services. Other immaterial ancillary revenue is derived from call recording, local caller identification packages, performance/speech analytics, text messaging services and professional services billed monthly on primarily usage-based fees, and to a lesser extent, fixed fees. Professional services, which represents approximately 2% of revenue, are billed on a fixed-price or on a time and material basis and the revenue is recognized over time as the services are rendered.

The Company has service-level agreements with customers warranting defined levels of uptime reliability and performance. If the services do not meet certain criteria, fees are subject to adjustment or refund representing a form of variable consideration. The Company records reductions to revenue for these estimated customer credits at the time the related revenue is recognized. These customer credits are estimated based on current and historical customer trends, and communications with its customers. Such customer credits have not been significant to date.

For contracts with multiple performance obligations (e.g., including various combinations of services), the Company allocates the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price (“SSP”). The Company generally determines SSP based on the prices charged to customers. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, the Company determines the SSP using information that generally includes market conditions or other observable inputs.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability approach. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences arising from the temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements, as well as from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax amounts are determined by using the tax rates expected to be in effect when the taxes will be paid or refunds received, as provided for under currently enacted tax law. A valuation allowance is provided for deferred tax assets that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.

is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company does not believe its consolidated financial statements include any uncertain tax positions. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefit as a component of income tax expense.

Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

Employee and Non-Employee Incentive Plans

Value Creation Incentive Plan and Option-Based Incentive Plan

During 2014, the Company established two bonus incentive plans, the VCIP and the OBIP, pursuant to which eligible participants receive a predetermined bonus based on the Company’s equity value at the time of a liquidity event. Awards under the VCIP and OBIP generally time vest over five years and performance vest upon certain liquidity event conditions, subject to continued service through the vesting dates. The Company also has an option to repurchase awards under either plan at an amount deemed to be fair value for which the time-based vesting period has been completed, contingent on the employee’s termination of service. The fair value used by the Company has historically been determined by the Company’s board of directors with assistance of management at each reporting period by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, actual results and financial performance, the conditions in the CCaaS industry and the economy in general, volatility of comparable public companies, among other factors. On June 18, 2021, the Company consummated the Merger in which all outstanding VCIP and OBIP awards became fully vested and were recorded as compensation expense. The VCIP and OBIP awards were paid to the plan participants in a combination of cash awards and equity awards. The cash portion of the awards was recorded to accrued liability for unpaid cash awards, and the stock portion of the awards was recorded to additional paid-in capital for undelivered equity shares. The fair value of the VCIP and OBIP accrued liability for unpaid cash awards was determined based on the terms of the respective VCIP and OBIP agreements. Since the inputs used to measure fair value are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace, VCIP and OBIP accrued liability was transferred out of the Level 3 fair value measurement to the Level 2 fair value measurement upon the consummation of the Merger on June 18, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, the VCIP and OBIP awards were paid in full and the fair value of the VCIP and OBIP accrued liability was transferred out of the Level 3 fair value measurement and reduced to zero.

Management Incentive Units

During 2019, LiveVox TopCo, LLC (“LiveVox TopCo”), a Delaware limited liability company and the sole stockholder of the Company prior to the Merger, established a Management Incentive Unit program whereby the LiveVox TopCo board of directors has the power and discretion to approve the issuance of Class B Units of LiveVox TopCo that represent management incentive units (which we call “Management Incentive Units” or “MIUs”) to any manager, director, employee, officer or consultant of the Company or its subsidiaries. Vesting begins on the date of issuance, and the MIUs vest ratably over five years with 20% of the MIUs vesting on each anniversary of a specified vesting commencement date, subject to the grantee’s continued employment with the Company on the applicable vesting date. Vesting of the MIUs will accelerate upon consummation of a “sale of the company”, which is defined in the LiveVox TopCo limited liability company agreement. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of five years. Stock-based compensation for MIUs is measured based on the grant date fair value of the award using a Monte Carlo simulation. Assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation are holding period, expected share price volatility, discount for lack of marketability, and risk-free interest rate.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

On June 16, 2021, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2021 Plan, which became effective upon the closing of the Merger on June 18, 2021. The Compensation Committee of the Company approved 5,091,331 RSU and 1,611,875 PSU awards in the year ended December 31, 2021 to employees, executive officers, directors, and consultants of the Company. RSUs are subject only to service conditions and typically vest over periods ranging from three to six years based on the grantee’s role in the Company. PSUs are granted to certain key employees and vest either based on the achievement of predetermined market conditions, or based on both service and market conditions. All RSU and PSU awards will be settled in shares of Class A common stock and are classified as equity. Equity-classified awards are generally recognized as stock-based compensation expense over an employee’s requisite service period or a nonemployee’s vesting period on the basis of the grant-date fair value. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense of RSUs using the straight-line method, and recognizes stock-based compensation expense of PSUs subject to graded market vesting using the accelerated attribution method. The fair value of the RSUs is estimated by using the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on Nasdaq on the measurement date. The fair value of the PSUs at each measurement date is estimated by using a Monte Carlo simulation. The key inputs used in the Monte Carlo simulation are stock price, expected share price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate, and vesting hurdles. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense related to the Company’s 2021 Plan.

Acquisitions

The Company evaluates acquisitions of assets and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not we have acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is a business combination or an acquisition of assets.

If an acquisition is determined to be a business combination, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill.

If an acquisition is determined to be an asset acquisition, the cost of the asset acquisition, including transaction costs, are allocated to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on a relative fair value basis. If the cost of the asset acquisition is less than the fair value of the net assets acquired, no gain is recognized in earnings. The excess fair value of the acquired net assets acquired over the consideration transferred is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets (excluding non-qualifying assets).

Determining estimated fair value requires a significant amount of judgment and estimates. If our assumptions change or errors are determined in our calculations, the fair value could materially change resulting in a change in our goodwill or identifiable net assets acquired.

Public and Forward Purchase Warrants

issued pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement dated January 13, 2021 between Crescent and LiveVox. The 12,499,995 Public Warrants and the 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants (collectively “Warrants”) remain outstanding after the Merger. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments.

Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company concluded that (a) the Public Warrants meet the derivative scope exception for contracts in the Company’s own stock and are recorded in stockholders’ equity and (b) the Forward Purchase Warrants do not meet the derivative scope exception and are recorded as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value upon the Merger, with subsequent changes in the fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at each reporting date. The Forward Purchase Warrants are classified as Level 3 fair value measurement and the fair value is measured using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Inherent in options pricing models are assumptions related to current stock price, exercise price, expected share price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, changes in assumptions could materially affect the liabilities related to the Warrants.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted as of the balance sheet date included in this prospectus.

Concentration risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. Risks associated with cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities are mitigated using what the Company considers creditworthy institutions. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition. Substantially all of LiveVox’s assets are in the United States.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no single issuer represented more than 10% of our marketable securities.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no single customer represented more than 10% of our accounts receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, no single customer represented more than 10% of our revenue.

The Company relies on third parties for telecommunication, bandwidth, and colocation services that are included in cost of revenue.

As of December 31, 2021, one vendor accounted for approximately 43% of our total accounts payable. No other single vendor exceeded 10% of our accounts payable at December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, two vendors accounted for approximately 55% of our accounts payable. No other single vendor exceeded 10% of our accounts payable at December 31, 2020. We believe there could be a material impact on future operating results should a relationship with an existing supplier cease.

Interest rate sensitivity

The term loan portion of the Credit Facility is subject to interest rate risk, as the loan is termed as either a base rate loan or LIBOR rate loan (each as defined in the agreement governing the Credit Facility) and can be a combination of both. LIBOR interest elections are for one, two or three-month periods. Interest changes affect the fair value of the term loan but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligation.

Foreign exchange risk

The Company reports its results in U.S. dollars, which is its reporting currency. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. We also have international sales that are denominated in foreign currencies. For these international subsidiaries and customers, the monetary assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the current exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, and all non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at historical exchange rates. Revenue and expenses are translated using average rates in effect on a monthly basis. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive loss), unless there is a sale or complete liquidation of the underlying foreign investments, or the adjustment is inconsequential.

We experience fluctuations in transaction gains or losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities that are denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities in which they are recorded. Exchange gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions were not significant in any period and are reported in other expense (income), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

We have adopted a written policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

•

the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

•

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

•

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director;

•

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

•

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

•

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics our employees, directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest.

Related Party Transactions

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and Named Executive Officers, the following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2021 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our Class A common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change of control, and other arrangements.

Stockholder Agreement

On June 18, 2021, the Company entered into a stockholder agreement (the “Stockholder Agreement”) with CFI Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and certain entities affiliated with Golden Gate Capital (collectively, “Golden Gate”). Pursuant to the Stockholder Agreement, Golden Gate has the right to nominate to our Board of Directors a number of designees equal to the product of the total number of directors on our Board of Directors by the number of shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by Golden Gate and their respective affiliates divided by the total number of shares of our Class A common stock that are then outstanding (the “Golden Gate Percentage”). Golden Gate also has the right, subject to applicable law and the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, to designate a number of members of each committee of the Board of Directors equal to the Golden Gate Percentage. The Company is also required to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by each member of the Board of Directors in connection with the performance

of his or her duties as a director and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board of Directors in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures.

Indemnification

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers which provide that we will indemnify such directors and executive officers under the circumstances and to the extent provided for therein, from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened, pending or completed claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, and whether formal or informal, and including appeals, in which he or she may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and our Amended and Restated Bylaws.

MANAGEMENT

Management and Board of Directors

The following persons are the members of the board of directors of LiveVox (the “Board”) and LiveVox’s executive officers as of the date of this prospectus:


Name	Age		Position(s) Held
Louis Summe		55	Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director
Gregg Clevenger		58	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Laurence Siegel		55	Executive Vice President of Products and Co-Founder
Erik Fowler		51	Chief Revenue Officer
Aaron Ross		48	Chief Legal Officer
Rishi Chandna		43	Director
Marcello Pantuliano		38	Director
Doug Ceto		36	Director
Bernhard Nann		60	Director
Stewart Bloom		64	Director
Robert D. Beyer		62	Director
Todd M. Purdy		47	Director
Leslie C. G. Campbell		63	Director
Susan Morisato		67	Director
Kathleen Pai		38	Director

Directors

Louis Summe is Co-founder of the predecessor LiveVox entity prior to our business combination with Crescent in June 2021, and has served as Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors since that company’s inception in 1998. The company was founded with the vision of eliminating the complexities and data siloes that prevent businesses from creating better customer experiences. Louis is a pioneer in leveraging the cloud to unify disparate applications and in doing so, he has created a new path for businesses to modernize their engagement with new channels and AI technology. From 1997 to 2000 Mr. Summe was VP of Product and Business Development for Physicians Online, a pioneer in healthcare internet services and held positions at Merck-Medco and EDS earlier in his career. Louis received his Masters of Business Administration at Columbia University and B.A. in Physics from Xavier University.

Rishi Chandna has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Mr. Chandna is a Managing Partner with Lone View Capital. Previously he was a Managing Director of Golden Gate Capital from 2002 through 2022. He oversaw Golden Gate Capital’s investments in the broader technology sector with an emphasis on enterprise software, technology enabled services, business services, and information services. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Chandna worked in the Los Angeles office of Bain & Company. He has an MBA from Harvard Business School and a BA in Economics from the University of California, Berkeley.

Marcello Pantuliano is a Senior Partner and Co-Founder at Sea Cliff Partners, a public equity investment firm based in San Francisco that manages a long-only, concentrated strategy. Marcello was most recently a Managing Director at Golden Gate Capital, a private equity fund, where he led the firm’s public equity effort and also focused on tech private equity. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, he was at Alesco Global Advisors, a long/short hedge fund and at Bank of America as an investment banker. Marcello received a B.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University where he also played varsity water polo.

Doug Ceto has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Mr. Ceto is a Partner with Lone View Capital. Previously, he was a Managing Director of Golden Gate Capital

100

from 2014 through 2021. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Ceto worked at Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe in New York, New York from 2010 to 2014. Previously, he worked in the Global Leveraged Finance group at Bank of America Merrill Lynch in New York, New York from 2008 to 2010. Mr. Ceto has a BA from Dartmouth College.

Bernhard Nann has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Mr. Nann is an Operating Executive with Golden Gate Capital, which he joined in 2015. He currently serves on the boards of LiveVox, Neustar Security Services, Vorto and SGS & Co. Mr. Nann served on the board of Ensemble Health Partners from 2019 to 2022, the board of 2020 Technologies from 2017 to 2021, and the board of Green Street Advisors from 2016 to 2019. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Nann served as Chief Executive Officer of Opera Solutions in Jersey City, New Jersey from 2014 to 2015. Previously, he served as President, Operations and Technology and CTO for Symphony IRI Group in Chicago, Illinois from 2008 to 2013, in product and P&L roles and as the CTO for FICO (NYSE:FICO) from 2003 to 2008 and as the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of NAREX Inc. from 1995 to 2003. Mr. Nann has a BS and MS in engineering from the University of Stuttgart and an MBA from Ohio State University, where he was a Fulbright Scholar.

Stewart Bloom has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. He has served as an Operating Executive and independent advisor to Golden Gate capital since 2006 and as such currently serves as Chairman for managed network services company, Neustar Security Services, and K-12 student safety solution provider, Securly. Prior to joining Golden Gate Capital, Mr. Bloom served as Chairman and CEO of the global customer engagement solution provider Aspect Software from August 2012 to July 2017. Previously, he was CEO of Escalate Retail from August 2005 to February 2011 (and CEO of its predecessor company GERS Retail Systems). Mr. Bloom has served on the boards of Golden Gate Capital portfolio companies Vector Solutions, Infor, SoftBrands and Symon Communications. Previously, Mr. Bloom has served as Vice President Americas Technology Services for Capgemini, Senior Vice President for strategy firm Mainspring (prior to its acquisition by IBM), Senior Partner for Ernst & Young Management Consulting, and Vice President Marketing & Sales for DSSI (prior to its acquisition by Ernst & Young).

Robert D. Beyer has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Mr. Beyer is Chairman of Chaparal Investments LLC, a private investment firm and holding company which he founded in 2009. He was most recently Executive Chairman of Crescent. From 2005 to 2009, Mr. Beyer served as Chief Executive Officer of The TCW Group, Inc., a global investment management firm. Mr. Beyer previously served as Chief Investment Officer from 2000 to 2005. Mr. Beyer has been a director of Jefferies Financial Group Inc. (NYSE: JEF) since 2013. Mr. Beyer is a trustee of The University of Southern California, the immediate past chair and a member of the Board of Councilors of USC Dornsife School of Letters, Arts and Sciences, a past chair and member of the Harvard-Westlake School Board of Trustees and a member of the Advisory Board of Milwaukee Brewers Baseball Club. Mr. Beyer was formerly a director of Société Générale Asset Management, S.A. and The TCW Group, Inc. Mr. Beyer was a director of The Allstate Corporation, an NYSE listed company, from 2006 through 2016. Mr. Beyer was a director at The Kroger Co., a NYSE listed company, from 1999 to 2019. Mr. Beyer received an MBA from the UCLA Anderson School of Management and a BS from the University of Southern California.

Todd M. Purdy has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Mr. Purdy is a seasoned private equity investor with 24 years of investment industry experience. Most recently, Mr. Purdy was Chief Executive Officer of Crescent. Previously, Mr. Purdy was a Partner at Leonard Green & Partners, or LGP, a leading private equity investment firm based in Los Angeles, California, where he focused on investments in the consumer, retail and services sectors. During Mr. Purdy’s tenure with the firm from 2000 to 2018, LGP grew significantly from investing its third fund, a $1.2 billion pool of committed capital, to investing its seventh fund, a $9.6 billion pool of committed capital. During this time, Mr. Purdy was involved in the acquisitions of 12 portfolio companies, representing more than $15 billion of transaction enterprise value, which collectively completed more than 40 follow-on acquisitions. Prior to LGP, Mr. Purdy was an investment banker with Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette in Los Angeles and London. Mr. Purdy graduated from the Honors Business Administration Program at the Ivey Business School at Western University in Canada.

101

Leslie C.G. Campbell is a public and private company board director who has served as a member of our board of directors and the chair of our Audit Committee since June 2021. She previously served as the Chief Procurement Officer for Reed Elsevier, Inc., from September 2007 to December 2012. From March 1998 to September 2007, Ms. Campbell held a number of positions at Dell, Inc., most recently as the Vice President of Worldwide Procurement, and previously as the Vice President and General Manager, Global Segment EMEA. Ms. Campbell held a number of positions at Oracle Corporation from May 1990 to January 1998, most recently as Vice President, Corporate Purchasing. From August 1982 to May 1990, she held a number of positions at KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, a member firm of KPMG International, most recently as a Senior Manager. Ms. Campbell qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is NACD Directorship Certified^®. Ms. Campbell has served as a member of the board of directors of Coupa Software, Inc. since May 2016, a member of the board of directors of PetMed Express, Inc. since July 2018, and a member of the board of directors of Shapeways, Inc. since October 2021. She also serves, or has served, on the advisory boards of several private and non-profit enterprises. Ms. Campbell holds a B.A. in Business Administration from the University of Washington.

Susan Morisato has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Ms. Morisato is the former President of Insurance Solutions, UnitedHealthcare Medicare & Retirement at UnitedHealth Group (NYSE: UNH) (“UnitedHealth”) from January 2009 to October 2019. Previously, she served as President— Federal Programs of United Health Group Alliances at UnitedHealth from August 2007 to December 2009 and Chief Operating Officer of Senior and Retiree Services for UnitedHealth from January 2005 to July 2007. Prior to this, she held various roles at Bankers Life and Casualty, where she managed aspects of the Company’s health insurance products from June 1979 to December 2004, and served as Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary from 1996 to 2004. Ms. Morisato served on the boards for Symphonix Health Insurance from 2016 to 2019 and for Bankers Life and Casualty from 2000 to 2004. She received a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics and Education from the University of Illinois in Urbana, IL and a Master of Science in Mathematics at the University of Illinois in Urbana, IL.

Kathleen Pai has served as one of our directors since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Ms. Pai has officially served as Executive Vice President, Chief People Officer of N-able since July 2021 (when N-able spun-off from SolarWinds). She joined SolarWinds in January 2020 as Senior Vice President, Chief People Officer and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief People Officer in March 2021. Prior to joining SolarWinds, Ms. Pai served as Vice President, People at Ultimate Software from October 2016 until January 2020. Prior to joining Ultimate Software, Ms. Pai held roles at Carnival Cruise Line, Citrix Systems and Lockheed Martin. Ms. Pai holds a M.B.A. from the University of Massachusetts—Amherst and a B.S. (summa cum laude) in Public Relations from the University of Florida.

Executive Officers

The biography for Mr. Summe is set forth above under “—Management and Board of Directors—Directors.”

Gregg Clevenger has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Prior to the business combination, Mr. Clevenger has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the predecessor LiveVox entity since September 2020. From October 2018 to April 2020, Mr. Clevenger served as Chief Financial Officer of PowerSchool LLC, a provider of educational SaaS software to K-12 administrators, teachers, students and parents. From January 2017 to October 2018, Mr. Clevenger served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aspect Software, a global provider of enterprise contact center and workforce optimization solutions. From June 2016 to January 2017, Mr. Clevenger provided CFO consulting services to The NanoSteel Company, an advanced materials company. From September 2014 to May 2015, Mr. Clevenger served as Chief Financial Officer of LanzaTech, a global leader in gas fermentation technology. From November 2010 to January 2014, Mr. Clevenger served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GXS Corp., a global cloud

102

integration company. Earlier in his career, Mr. Clevenger was at Mpower Communications Corp., a publicly traded provider of telecommunications services where he served for nearly seven years in a variety of capacities including Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and as a member of the board of directors. Mr. Clevenger previously held investment banking positions with Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and Argent Group Ltd. Mr. Clevenger holds a Bachelor of Arts (Economics) degree and a Master of Business Administration degree from Washington University in St. Louis.

Laurence Siegel has served as our Executive Vice President of Products since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Prior to the business combination, Mr. Siegel is co-founder of the predecessor LiveVox entity where he served as Executive Vice President of Product Development since 2000. Mr. Siegel plays a key role in driving growth at the Company by helping transform a great vision into a cutting edge, yet highly practical product offering. From 1996-2000, Larry was Director of Network Development for what is now Northwell Health, the largest healthcare provider in New York. Larry received his Masters of Business Administration from Columbia University and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Skidmore College.

Erik Fowler has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since our business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Prior to the business combination, Mr. Fowler served as the predecessor LiveVox entity’s Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Business Operations since April 2014. Mr. Fowler brings extensive sales and management experience to the Company where he is charged with driving the Company’s growth. Prior to joining the predecessor LiveVox entity in 2009, Mr. Fowler was Vice President of Major Accounts at SoundBite (Genesys) from January 2004 to January 2009. Mr. Fowler has also held senior sales management roles at The CCS Companies and Parametric Technology Corporation (NASDAQ: PTC). Mr. Fowler holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in Political Science from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Mr. Fowler also spent seven years as a Naval Officer, most recently stationed on an AEGIS Cruiser, the USS Lake Erie (CG 70).

Aaron Ross joined LiveVox in November of 2021 as Chief Legal Officer. Mr. Ross heads our legal operations and compliance and corporate governance initiatives. Starting in 2015, Mr. Ross served as General Counsel of Talend S.A., a SaaS data integration company, where he helped lead the company through its 2016 NASDAQ IPO and continued growth through the sale of the company to Private Equity Firm Thoma Bravo in July 2021. From 2011-2014, Mr. Ross was Senior Corporate and M&A Counsel at Atmel, a semiconductor designer and manufacturer, where he was responsible for SEC compliance, corporate governance, and mergers & acquisitions. From 2009-2011, Mr. Ross was Corporate General Counsel of French media technology company Technicolor (formerly dual listed on NYSE and Euronext Paris), where he served through the Company’s EUR 2.7B global corporate restructuring. Prior to serving as in-house counsel, Mr. Ross was an associate in the London and Paris offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and in the San Francisco office of Orrick, Herrington & Sutcliffe LLP. Mr. Ross has a Bachelor of Arts in Philosophy from Cornell University and a Juris Doctor from the University of California at Berkeley School of Law.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs is managed under the direction of our board of directors. Stewart Bloom serves as the Chair of our board of directors. The primary responsibilities of our board of directors is to provide oversight, strategic guidance, counseling and direction to our management. The board of directors will meet on a regular basis and additionally as required.

In accordance with the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Company is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term.

Louis Summe, Rishi Chandna, Marcello Pantuliano, Doug Ceto, Bernhard Nann, Stewart Bloom, Robert Beyer, Todd Purdy, Susan Morisato, Kathleen Pai and Leslie C. G. Campbell have each been elected to serve as

103

directors of the Company. Leslie C.G. Campbell, Marcello Pantuliano and Louis Summe were elected to serve as Class I directors with a term expiring at the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders; Todd Purdy, Doug Ceto, Stewart Bloom and Susan Morisato were elected to serve as Class II directors with a term expiring at the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders; and Robert Beyer, Bernhard Nann, Rishi Chandna and Kathleen Pai were elected to serve as Class III directors with a term expiring at the Company’s 2024 annual meeting of stockholders.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and we have adopted a written charter for each such committee. In addition, our Audit Committee has established a Cybersecurity Subcommittee, and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has established an Environmental and Social Governance Subcommittee. All of the members of these committees are independent directors under the criteria established by Nasdaq and all members of the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee are independent under the Exchange Act. The composition of the committees of our Board are as follows.

Audit Committee

The members of our Audit Committee are Leslie C.G. Campbell, Robert Beyer, and Todd Purdy. Leslie C.G. Campbell serves as the chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee held five meetings in 2021.

Each member of the Audit Committee is financially literate and our Board of Directors has determined that Leslie C.G. Campbell qualifies as an “Audit Committee financial expert” as defined in the applicable SEC rules. We have adopted an Audit Committee charter, which details the principal functions of the Audit Committee, including:

•

the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm and any other independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

•

pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm or any other registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

•

reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm (i) their responsibilities and management’s responsibilities in the audit process; (ii) the overall audit strategy, planning and staffing; (iii) the scope and timing of the annual audit; (iv) any significant risks identified during the risk assessment procedures; (v) the matters required to be discussed by the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 1301, as amended, relating to the conduct of the audit and (vi) when completed, the results, including significant findings, of the annual audit;

•

reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm and management (i) any audit problems or difficulties; (ii) any significant disagreements with management and (iii) the evaluation of management’s response to these problems, difficulties or disagreements and to attempt to resolve any disagreements between the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm or the internal audit function and management;

•

the hiring, compensation, evaluation, and dismissal of the Company’s internal audit function; reviewing the results of any internal audits and any remedial actions;

•

reviewing with management, the internal audit function, and the independent registered public accounting firm: (i) the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures; (ii) any special audit steps adopted in light of any

104

material control deficiencies or any fraud involving management or other employees with a significant role in such internal controls; and (iii) disclosure relating to the Company’s controls, management’s and the independent registered public accounting firm’s report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the required management certifications;

•

taking into consideration the allocation of responsibility for risk oversight to the other committees of the Board, reviewing with management the risks faced by the Company and the policies, guidelines and process by which management assesses and manages the Company’s risks, including the Company’s major financial risk exposures and cybersecurity risks and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures;

•

reviewing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm: (i) annual audited financial statements; (ii) quarterly financial statements; (iii) Management’s Discussion and Analysis; (iv) earnings press release; and (v) major financial statement issues;

•

obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm’s internal quality-control procedures and (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

•

reviewing and discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm all relationships the independent registered public accounting firm have with us in order to evaluate their continued independence;

•

discussing with the independent registered public accounting firm, as appropriate, material issues on which the national office of the independent registered public accounting firm was consulted, and reviewing and discussing i) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used; ii) all alternative treatments of financial information within GAAP that have been discussed with management, and iii) other material written communications between the independent registered public accounting firm and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences;

•

producing the Audit Committee report required to be included in our annual proxy statement;

•

setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm;

•

monitoring compliance with the Company’s Code of Ethics;

•

reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction;

•

reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the FASB, the SEC or other regulatory authorities;

•

overseeing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of confidential, anonymous submissions by Company employees of complaints, questions or concerns regarding accounting, fraud, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and to establish such procedures as the Committee may deem appropriate for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints reviewed by the Company with respect to any other matters that may be directed to the Committee for review and assessment;

•

reviewing with management the Company’s policies and processes for tax planning and compliance; and

105

•

conducting an annual self-assessment with the help of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the performance of its duties under the Committee charter and to present the results of the evaluation to the Board, and reviewing the Committee charter at least annually and recommending any proposed changes to the Board for approval.

Our Audit Committee charter is available on the Company’s website under the heading “Investor Relations” at www.livevox.com. The Company’s website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

The members of our Compensation Committee are Kathleen Pai, Rishi Chandna, and Bernhard Nann. Kathleen Pai serves as the chair of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee held three meetings in 2021.

We have adopted a Compensation Committee charter, which details the principal functions of the Compensation Committee, including:

•

reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

•

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other officers;

•

reviewing and approving any employment agreements and consulting agreements;

•

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

•

reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the director compensation;

•

implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•

producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement;

•

assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements; and

•

reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans.

Our Compensation Committee charter is available on the Company’s website under the heading “Investor Relations” at www.livevox.com. The Company’s website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus.

The Compensation Committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to Chief Executive Officer compensation and evaluates the Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of these goals and objectives. The Compensation Committee recommends to the Board of Directors the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation level or changes to such level based on this evaluation and any other factors the committee deems relevant. In determining the long-term incentive component of Chief Executive Officer compensation, the Compensation Committee may consider the Company’s performance and relative stockholder return, the value of similar incentive awards given to chief executive officers at comparable companies, and the awards given to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in past years. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews and approves the compensation levels, and any changes thereto, for each of the Company’s other named executive officers based in part on the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.

106

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are Robert Beyer, Marcello Pantuliano, and Susan Morisato. Robert Beyer serves as chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee held one meeting in 2021.

We have adopted a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter, which details the principal functions of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, including:

•

identifying and recommending to the Board of Directors the nominees for election to the Board of Directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders;

•

setting forth criteria for selecting directors;

•

annually reviewing the Board of Directors committee structure and members of each committee;

•

reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, and recommending any proposed changes to the Board of Directors for approval;

•

overseeing the annual self-evaluations of the Board of Directors and management;

•

making recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding other governance matters; and

•

periodically reviewing and making recommendations about the Company’s ESG strategy, policies and procedures.

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter is available on the Company’s website under the heading “Investor Relations” at www.livevox.com. The Company’s website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our Board of Directors.

Director Independence

Nasdaq Listing Rules require that a majority of our Board of Directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the Company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the Company’s Board of Directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Rishi Chandna, Marcello Pantuliano, Doug Ceto, Bernhard Nann, Robert Beyer, Todd Purdy, Susan Morisato, Kathleen Pai and Leslie C.G. Campbell are independent directors under applicable SEC and Nasdaq Listing Rules. In making the independence determinations, our Board of Directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. In evaluating the independence of our directors, the Board of Directors also considered the following transactions, relationships and arrangements that are not required to be disclosed in this prospectus as transactions with related persons: The Company purchases services from Neustar, Inc. in the ordinary course of business. Prior to its acquisition by TransUnion LLC in December 2021, Neustar was an affiliate of Golden Gate Capital, and our Chairman, Stewart Bloom, was Chairman of Neustar. Our independent directors have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

107

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all of our executive officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at https://investors.livevox.com/corporate-governance/governance-documents. The Company’s website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. We intend to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers of, provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website rather than by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

108

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

As an “emerging growth company,” within the meaning of the Securities Act, for purposes of the SEC’s executive compensation disclosure rules, LiveVox has opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to emerging growth companies. This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our current Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) whom we refer to as our “Named Executive Officers.” As of the year ended December 31, 2021, our Named Executive Officers were:

•

Louis Summe, Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director

•

Laurence Siegel, Executive Vice President of Products and Co-Founder

•

Erik Fowler, Chief Revenue Officer

The following table sets forth information concerning the total compensation of our current Named Executive Officers for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:


Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary (1)			Bonus (2)		Stock Awards (3)		Option Awards (4)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (2)		All Other Compensation (5)		Total
Louis Summe (6)		2021	$	375,000		$	187,500	$	7,418,589	$	—	$	—	$	3,206,571	$	11,187,660
Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director		2020		375,000			—		—		564,898		240,000		880,125		2,060,023
Laurence Siegel		2021		311,875			54,578		2,472,394		—		—		1,603,285		4,442,132
Executive Vice President of Products and Co-Founder		2020		301,874			—		—		282,449		84,525		440,063		1,108,911
Erik Fowler		2021		522,467	(7)		—		2,472,394		—		—		1,603,285		4,598,146
Chief Revenue Officer		2020		450,633	(8)		—		—		282,449		—		440,063		1,173,145

(1)

The amounts reported in this column represent the dollar value of salary earned by our Named Executive Officers which are described under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Arrangements” below.

(2)

The amounts reported in this column represent the dollar value of annual cash incentive bonuses earned by our Named Executive Officers, which are described under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Employment Arrangements” and “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses” below.

(3)

The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate totals of:

(a)

the grant-date fair value of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) and Performance-based Restricted Stock Units (“PSUs”) granted to our Named Executive Officers under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used by the Company in calculating these amounts are included in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2021 Equity Incentive Plan” below for additional information regarding LiveVox’s 2021 Plan Awards. The values shown for the PSUs are based upon the probable outcome of the performance condition with respect to the PSUs, which is maximum achievement.

(b)

the amounts of equity bonuses received by our Named Executive Officers pursuant to a previous arrangement involving the Value Creation Incentive Plan (“VCIP”). See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Value Creation Incentive Plan” below for additional information regarding these payments.

109

The aggregate amounts received by each of our Named Executive Officers in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:


Name and Principal Position	Year		2021 Plan RSUs		2021 Plan PSUs		VCIP Equity Bonuses		Total
Louis Summe		2021	$	1,269,450	$	3,808,350	$	2,340,789	$	7,418,589
Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director		2020		—		—		—		—
Laurence Siegel		2021		651,000		651,000		1,170,394		2,472,394
Executive Vice President of Products and Co-Founder		2020		—		—		—		—
Erik Fowler		2021		651,000		651,000		1,170,394		2,472,394
Chief Revenue Officer		2020		—		—		—		—

(4)

The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of Management Incentive Units (“MIUs”) granted to our Named Executive Officers, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The MIUs are intended to constitute “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that the Incentive Units do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options. Accordingly, they are classified as “options” under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an “option-like feature.” The assumptions used by the Company in calculating these amounts are included in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Management Incentive Units” below for additional information.

(5)

The amounts reported in this column represent the amounts of cash bonuses received by our Named Executive Officers pursuant to a previous arrangement involving the VCIP. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Value Creation Incentive Plan” below for additional information. The aggregate amounts received by each of our Named Executive Officers in the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:


Name and Principal Position	Year		VCIP Cash Bonuses		Total
Louis Summe		2021	$	3,206,571	$	3,206,571
Chief Executive Officer, Co-Founder and Director		2020		880,125		880,125
Laurence Siegel		2021		1,603,285		1,603,285
Executive Vice President of Products and Co-Founder		2020		440,063		440,063
Erik Fowler		2021		1,603,285		1,603,285
Chief Revenue Officer		2020		440,063		440,063

(6)

Mr. Summe also serves on our Board of Directors but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director.

(7)

Represents base salary of $280,000 and annual commission of $242,467 in 2021.

(8)

Represents base salary of $260,000 and annual commission of $190,633 in 2020.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

Compensation Philosophy & Mix

Prior to our business combination with Crescent in June 2021, the compensation of the predecessor LiveVox entity’s executive officers consisted of a base salary, an annual cash incentive bonus, commissions, a long term-cash incentive plan, equity compensation in LiveVox TopCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, our principal shareholder (“LiveVox TopCo”) and health and welfare benefits, and was historically determined by the Compensation Committee of the predecessor LiveVox entity’s Board of Directors.

110

Following the closing of the business combination with Crescent, the Company has developed an executive compensation program that is consistent with its compensation policies and philosophies, which are designed to align compensation with business objectives and the creation of stockholder value, while also enabling the Company to attract, motivate and retain individuals who contribute to its long-term success. Decisions on the executive compensation program are made by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The compensation of our current Named Executive Officers has three primary components: base salary, an annual cash incentive bonus and long-term incentive-based compensation in the form of equity-based awards. Pursuant to their employment agreements, the Named Executive Officers are also eligible to receive certain payments and benefits upon a termination of employment under certain circumstances. Each of our Named Executive Officers, along with certain other members of our management, have been granted equity in LiveVox TopCo pursuant to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of LiveVox TopCo (which is referred to as the “TopCo LLC Agreement”), as further described below.

Employment Arrangements

The Company has entered into employment agreements with each of its Named Executive Officers. The material terms of the employment agreements are summarized below:

Summe Employment Agreement

Mr. Summe previously entered into an employment agreement with the predecessor LiveVox entity, dated August 7, 2014 (the “Summe Agreement”). The Summe Agreement provides for an “at-will” term and may be terminated at any time by the Company upon written notice. The Summe Agreement provides for an annual base salary and an annual performance bonus in such amount determined by our Board of Directors. Mr. Summe is also eligible to participate in LiveVox’s employee and fringe benefit plans as may be in effect from time to time on the same basis as other similarly situated executives of the Company generally. As described in more detail below in “—Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control,” upon certain terminations of Mr. Summe’s employment, Mr. Summe will be entitled to severance payments and benefits, including salary continuation and his annual bonus. The Summe Agreement also subjects Mr. Summe to the following restrictive covenants: (i) employment term and one-year post termination non-solicitation and non-hire of employees (including former employees who ceased to be employed by LiveVox or an affiliate within 180 days of Mr. Summe’s attempted hire of such employees), (ii) employment term and one-year post-termination non-solicitation of customers, suppliers, licensees, licensors, or other business relations of LiveVox or an affiliate, (iii) employment term and one-year post-termination non-competition (iv) perpetual confidentiality, and (v) assignment of employee work product. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, Mr. Summe’s annual base salary was $375,000 and Mr. Summe had an annual performance bonus target equal to 80% of Mr. Summe’s annual base salary.

Siegel Employment Agreement

Mr. Siegel previously entered into an employment agreement with Tools for Health, Inc. (the former name of the predecessor LiveVox entity), dated May 23, 2000 (the “Siegel Agreement”). The Siegel Agreement provides for an “at-will” term and may be terminated at any time by the Company upon written notice. The Siegel Agreement provides for an annual base salary and an annual performance bonus based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Company. The Siegel Agreement also subjects Mr. Siegel to the following restrictive covenants: (i) employment term and one-year post-termination non-solicitation of customers and employees, (ii) employment term and one-year post-termination non-compete, (iii) perpetual confidentiality, and (iv) assignment of work product. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Mr. Siegel’s annual base salary was $311,875 and Mr. Siegel had an annual performance bonus target equal to 35% of Mr. Siegel’s annual base salary. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Mr. Siegel’s annual base salary was $301,874 and Mr. Siegel had an annual performance bonus target equal to 35% of Mr. Siegel’s annual base salary.

111

Fowler Employment Agreement

Mr. Fowler previously entered into an employment agreement with the predecessor LiveVox entity, dated November 17, 2009 (the “Fowler Agreement”). The Fowler Agreement is for an “at-will” term and may be terminated at any time by the Company upon written notice. The Fowler Agreement provides for an annual base salary and monthly commissions based on metrics determined by the Company. The Fowler Agreement also subjects Mr. Fowler to the following restrictive covenants: (i) employment term and one-year post-termination non-solicitation of employees and customers, (ii) employment term and one-year post-termination non-compete, (iii) perpetual confidentiality, and (iv) assignment of work product. For the year ended December 31, 2021, Mr. Fowler’s annual base salary was $280,000 and Mr. Fowler had an annual commission target of $265,000. For the year ended December 31, 2020, Mr. Fowler’s annual base salary was $260,000 and Mr. Fowler had an annual commission target of $245,000.

Annual Cash Incentive Bonuses

The Company uses annual cash incentive bonuses for the Named Executive Officers to tie a portion of their compensation to financial and operational objectives achievable within the applicable fiscal year. Near the beginning of each year, the Compensation Committee selects performance targets, target amounts, target award opportunities and other terms and conditions of the bonus opportunities for the Named Executive Officers, subject to the terms of any employment agreement. Following the end of each year, the Compensation Committee determines the extent to which performance targets were achieved, if applicable, and the amount of the award that is payable to each of the Named Executive Officers. In determining such amount, the Compensation Committee may exercise discretion in any amount awarded. In 2021, the amounts paid to Messrs. Summe and Siegel were paid following the Compensation Committee’s exercise of such discretion.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

On June 16, 2021, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which became effective upon the closing of the business combination with Crescent. Our Named Executive Officers participate in the 2021 Plan, pursuant to which they were granted equity-based awards in the form of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) and Performance-based Restricted Stock Units (“PSUs”) on June 18, 2021. RSUs are subject only to service conditions, and PSUs vest based on the achievement of both service and market conditions (e.g., upon the Company’s volume-weighted average share price during the specified period achieving a specified level). RSUs and PSUs typically vest over the Named Executive Officers’ requisite service period ranging from three to six years based on their role in the Company. If a Named Executive Officer incurs a termination of continuous service for any reason, any unvested RSUs or PSUs will be forfeited without consideration. (See —“Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” for additional information)

On November 11, 2021, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Acceleration Letter”) with Mr. Summe, which amends the RSU Award Agreement entered into on August 18, 2021 to include a double trigger provision relating to the accelerated vesting of unvested RSUs in the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the 2021 Plan) and in the event Mr. Summe’s employment is terminated within six months after the change in control by the Company without Cause or by Mr. Summe for Good Reason (each as defined in the 2021 Plan).

Management Incentive Units

During 2019, LiveVox TopCo established a Management Incentive Unit program that provides for the grant of Class B Units of LiveVox TopCo that are intended to constitute “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“Management Incentive Units” or “MIUs”) and represent the right to share in any increase in the equity value of the Company that exceeds a specified threshold. The MIUs vest ratably over five years with 20% of the MIUs vesting on each anniversary of a specified vesting commencement date, subject to the Named

112

Executive Officer’s continued employment ’with the Company on the applicable vesting date. Vesting of the MIUs will accelerate upon consummation of a “sale of the company”, which is defined by the LiveVox TopCo limited liability company agreement as (i) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of LiveVox TopCo on a consolidated basis or (ii) any direct or indirect sale or transfer of a majority of interests in LiveVox TopCo and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as a result of any party other than certain affiliates of Golden Gate Capital obtaining voting power to elect the majority of LiveVox TopCo’s governing body. Since the business combination with Crescent did not meet the limited liability company agreement’s definition of a sale, it did not cause acceleration in vesting of the unvested MIUs and the MIUs will continue to vest based on the service condition.

If the Named Executive Officer’s employment with LiveVox TopCo or its subsidiaries is terminated following the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, any MIUs that would have vested in the year of termination will vest on a pro rata basis based on the number of full fiscal quarters of LiveVox TopCo that have elapsed since the prior vesting date, with any remaining unvested MIUs being forfeited for no consideration. If the Named Executive Officer violates the terms of the restrictive covenants set forth in the TopCo LLC Agreement, all outstanding MIUs will be automatically forfeited for no consideration. Following the Named Executive Officer’s termination, LiveVox TopCo or funds affiliated with Golden Gate Capital will have the option to purchase some or all of the Named Executive Officer’s vested MIUs at the following repurchase prices: (i) upon a termination for “cause” at the lower of original cost or fair market value as of the date that is 30 days prior to the date of the repurchase and (ii) upon any terminations other than for “cause,” at fair market value as of the date that is 30 days prior to the date of the repurchase. If the fair market value is less than the required threshold set forth in the MIU Agreements, the Named Executive Officer’s outstanding MIUs can be repurchased for no further consideration. The option to repurchase can be exercised for one year beginning on the latter of (a) the Named Executive Officer’s date of termination and (b) the 181^st day following the initial acquisition of the MIUs by the Named Executive Officer. Upon a “sale of the company,” LiveVox TopCo’s option to repurchase outstanding MIUs will expire.

Value Creation Incentive Plan

During 2014, the Company established the Value Creation Incentive Plan (“VCIP”), pursuant to which participants were eligible to receive a cash award (a “VCIP Bonus”) equal to a predetermined percentage of the “eligible proceeds” (as defined in the VCIP) at the time of a liquidity event. Each Named Executive Officer participated in the VCIP. Each VCIP Bonus was subject to time-based and performance-based vesting conditions.

In December 2019, each Named Executive Officer entered an arrangement with the Company pursuant to which 50% of each Named Executive Officer’s VCIP Bonus was liquidated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the amount each Named Executive Officer would have received under the VCIP in respect of such liquidated portion had a “liquidity event” occurred on December 31, 2019. The cash payment was paid in two installments on December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

The business combination with Crescent was deemed a “liquidity event” for the purposes of the VCIP, upon which the vesting conditions of the VCIP Bonuses were fully achieved and all outstanding portions of the VCIP Bonuses not previously liquidated became fully vested. Such outstanding portions of the VCIP bonuses were paid to each Named Executive Officer and director in a combination of cash and equity, as reported in the “All Other Compensation” and “Stock Awards” column of the Summary Compensation Table, respectively.

Health and Welfare Plans and Retirement Plans

Our Named Executive Officers are eligible to participate in employee benefit plans, including medical, life, and disability benefits on the same basis as other eligible employees. These benefits include:

•

health, dental and vision insurance;

113

•

vacation, paid holidays and sick days;

•

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

•

short-term and long-term disability; and

•

a 401(k) plan and health savings plan with matching contributions.

•

other fringe benefits, including an employee assistance program, nurse helpline, commuter benefits program, student loan refinancing program, and employee wellness benefits.

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which it competes for employees.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2021 by each of our Named Executive Officers.


		Option Awards (1)								Stock Awards (2)
Name	Award Type	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable		Option Exercise Price		Option Expiration Date		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (3)		Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (4)
Louis Summe	2021 Plan RSUs		—		—	$	—		—		195,000	$	1,004,250
	2021 Plan PSUs		—		—		—		—		585,000		3,012,750
	2020 MIUs		143,012		572,049		—		—		—		—
Laurence Siegel	2021 Plan RSUs		—		—		—		—		100,000		515,000
	2021 Plan PSUs		—		—		—		—		100,000		515,000
	2020 MIUs		71,506		286,024		—		—		—		—
Erik Fowler	2021 Plan RSUs		—		—		—		—		100,000		515,000
	2021 Plan PSUs		—		—		—		—		100,000		515,000
	2020 MIUs		71,506		286,024		—		—		—		—

(1)

Amounts listed are MIUs issued to our Named Executive Officers. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Management Incentive Units” for additional information. The MIUs granted to our Named Executive Officers participate in distributions attributable to the appreciation in the fair market value of LiveVox TopCo, or profits of LiveVox TopCo, after their respective dates of grant. These MIUs are intended to constitute “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Despite the fact that the Incentive Units do not require the payment of an exercise price, they are most similar economically to stock options. Accordingly, they are classified as “options” under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an “option-like feature.”

(2)

Amounts listed are RSUs and PSUs issued to our Named Executive Officers under the 2021 Plan. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2021 Equity Incentive Plan” for additional information.

(3)

2021 Plan awards become vested as follows: Mr. Summe’s RSUs will vest 100% on the sixth anniversary of the vesting commencement date of June 21, 2021. 25% of Messrs. Siegel’s and Fowler’s RSUs will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of June 21, 2021 and 75% will vest on a quarterly basis thereafter. PSUs of each Named Executive Officer vest based on the achievement of both service condition (the same time-vesting schedule that is applicable to the respective Name Executive Officer’s RSUs) and market condition (upon the Company’s volume-

114

weighted average share price during any 20 trading days out of 30 consecutive trading days beginning after the grant date achieving a specified level). See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2021 Equity Incentive Plan” for additional information.

(4)

The market value is the number of outstanding equity plan awards shown in the table multiplied by the closing market price of the Company’s stock on December 31, 2021.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control

Summe Agreement

If Mr. Summe is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the Summe Agreement), Mr. Summe will, subject to his timely execution of a release of all claims in favor of the Company, be entitled to any unpaid annual bonus for the fiscal year prior to the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and 12 months of base salary continuation from his date of termination in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, provided that no such payments will be payable if Mr. Summe’s termination occurs following a “sale of the company” (as defined in the Summe Agreement). No further payments shall be due or payable if, prior to the end of the period during which Mr. Summe is receiving severance, Mr. Summe becomes employed or is engaged as a consultant or independent contractor on a full-time basis by any person or entity other than LiveVox or its affiliates; however, if Mr. Summe’s new base salary is less than his base salary provided for in the Summe Agreement, then Mr. Summe will be entitled to the difference between his base salary under the Summe Agreement and his base salary in his new position. The business combination with Crescent did not constitute a “sale of company” under the Summe Agreement.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan—Acceleration Letter with Mr. Summe

As described in more detail above in “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2021 Equity Incentive Plan,” in the event Mr. Summe’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause or by Mr. Summe for Good Reason within six months after a Change in Control (each as defined in the 2021 Plan), all unvested RSUs will accelerate and fully vest.

Management Incentive Units

As described in more detail above in “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Management Incentive Units,” in the event of a “sale of the company” (as defined in the TopCo LLC Agreement), all unvested MIUs will accelerate and fully vest, provided that the Named Executive Officer remains employed with LiveVox TopCo or its subsidiaries through the consummation of such sale of the company.

Director Compensation

In connection with the closing of the business combination with Crescent, the Company adopted a new Board of Directors compensation program which is designed to provide competitive compensation necessary to attract and retain highly-qualified, independent professionals to represent the Company’s stockholders. The form and amount of director compensation is determined by the Company’s Compensation Committee in accordance with its charter, which is responsible for conducting an annual review of director compensation. The Compensation Committee also considers a director’s compensation when determining such director’s independence.

The Company pays monthly Board of Director fees plus reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of the Company to members of the Company’s Board of Directors. Messrs. Bloom and Nann received MIUs in 2019, the terms of which are consistent with those described in more detail above under the section “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Management Incentive Units.” Messrs. Bloom and Nann also participated in the VCIP, the terms of which are consistent with those described in more detail above under the section

115

“—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Value Creation Incentive Plan.” In connection with the business combination with Crescent in June 2021, the VCIP awards were liquidated and paid in full in a combination of cash and equity to the plan participants. On August 18, 2021, the Company granted RSU awards to eight directors under the 2021 Plan. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2021 Equity Incentive Plan” for additional information regarding LiveVox’s 2021 Plan Awards.

Director Compensation Table

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a director of our Board of Directors following the closing of the business combination with Crescent in June 2021. Other than as set forth in the table and as described in more detail below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to, any of the other directors of our Board of Directors. Mr. Summe receives no compensation for his service as a director and, consequently, is not included in this table. The compensation received by Mr. Summe as an employee of LiveVox is presented in “—Summary Compensation Table.”


Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash (1)		Stock Awards (2)		All Other Compensation (3)		Total
Robert D. Beyer	$	26,884	$	195,300	$	—	$	222,184
Stewart Bloom		250,000		979,459		1,074,209		2,303,668
Leslie C. G. Campbell		32,260		195,300		—		227,560
Doug Ceto		—		—		—		—
Rishi Chandna		—		—		—		—
Susan Morisato		21,507		195,300		—		216,807
Bernhard Nann		200,004		979,459		1,074,209		2,253,672
Kathleen Pai		26,884		195,300		—		222,184
Marcello Pantuliano		21,507		195,300		—		216,807
Todd M. Purdy		21,507		195,300		—		216,807

(1)

Mr. Bloom receives his payments as an employee of LiveVox on a bi-monthly basis in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule. Other directors are paid via ACH.

(2)

The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate totals of:

(a)

the aggregate grant-date fair value of RSU awards granted to selected directors under the 2021 Plan, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The assumptions used by the Company in calculating these amounts are include in Note 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—2021 Equity Incentive Plan” for additional information regarding LiveVox’s 2021 Plan Awards.

(b)

the amounts of equity bonuses received by our directors pursuant to a previous arrangement involving the VCIP. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Value Creation Incentive Plan” for additional information regarding these payments.

116

The aggregate amounts received by each of our directors in the years ended December 31, 2021 are as follows:


Name	2021 Plan RSUs		2021 Plan PSUs		VCIP Equity Bonuses		Total
Robert D. Beyer	$	195,300	$	—	$	—	$	195,300
Stewart Bloom		195,300		—		784,159		979,459
Leslie C. G. Campbell		195,300		—		—		195,300
Doug Ceto		—		—		—		—
Rishi Chandna		—		—		—		—
Susan Morisato		195,300		—		—		195,300
Bernhard Nann		195,300		—		784,159		979,459
Kathleen Pai		195,300		—		—		195,300
Marcello Pantuliano		195,300		—		—		195,300
Todd M. Purdy		195,300		—		—		195,300

(3)

The amounts reported in this column represent the amounts of cash bonuses received by our directors pursuant to a previous arrangement involving the VCIP. See “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table—Value Creation Incentive Plan” for additional information regarding these payments. The aggregate amounts received by each of our directors in the year ended December 31, 2021 are as follows:


Name	VCIP Cash Bonuses		Total
Robert D. Beyer	$	—	$	—
Stewart Bloom		1,074,209		1,074,209
Leslie C. G. Campbell		—		—
Doug Ceto		—		—
Rishi Chandna		—		—
Susan Morisato		—		—
Bernhard Nann		1,074,209		1,074,209
Kathleen Pai		—		—
Marcello Pantuliano		—		—
Todd M. Purdy		—		—

117

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following summary of the material terms of the Company’s securities is not intended to be a complete summary of the rights and preferences of such securities. We urge you to read our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety for a complete description of the rights and preferences of Company’s securities.

Authorized and Outstanding Stock

The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of: (a) 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock and (b) 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

As of April 20, 2022, there were 98,240,727 shares of Common Stock outstanding held of record by approximately 26 holders, no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and warrants to purchase 13,333,328 shares of Common Stock outstanding held of record by approximately 13 warrant holders. Such numbers of record holders do not include DTC participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Power

Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Common Stock possess all voting power for the election of our directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action and are entitled, or will be entitled, as applicable, to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders. The holders of Common Stock shall at all times vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Common Stock under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Dividends

Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

Subject to the rights, if any of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our Board in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor, and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied.

118

Preemptive or Other Rights

Under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights, and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to our Common Stock.

Election of Directors

Our Board is currently divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term.

Under the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term of the Class I directors in place at such time will expire at the 2022 annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company; the term of the Class II directors in place at such time will expire at the 2023 annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company; and the term of the Class III directors in place at such time will expire at the 2024 annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company.

Under the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, there is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders by holders of our Common Stock.

Preferred Stock

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our Board is authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional, special and other rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our Board is able, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the Common Stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our Board to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preferred stock outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Warrants

Public Warrants

Following the Business Combination, there were 13,333,328 warrants to purchase Common Stock outstanding, consisting of 12,499,995 Public Warrants and 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants. Each Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of our Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of 12 months from the closing of our IPO or 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination. The Warrants will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We are not obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and will have no obligation to settle such Warrant’s exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No Warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their Warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or

119

qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption is available. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the holder of such Warrant will not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In the event that a registration statement is not effective for the exercised Warrants, the purchaser of a Unit containing such Warrant will have paid the full purchase price for the Unit solely for the share of Common Stock underlying such Unit.

We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent, and us. Notwithstanding the above, if our Common Stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act (or any successor rule) and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but will use our best efforts to register the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

Once the Warrants become exercisable, we may call the Warrants for redemption:

•

in whole and not in part;

•

at a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

•

upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Warrant holder; and

•

if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders.

If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

We have established the last criterion of the redemption criteria discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the Warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the Warrants, each Warrant holder will be entitled to exercise his, her or its Warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A Stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $11.50 Warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the Warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his, her or its Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” our management will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of our warrants. If our management takes advantage of this option, all holders of warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their warrants for that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the fair market value (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The fair market value shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Common Stock for the ten trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. If

120

our management takes advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of Common Stock to be received upon exercise of the warrants, including the fair market value in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a Warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the warrants after our initial business combination.

A holder of a Warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the Warrant Agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of Common Stock. A rights offering to holders of Common Stock entitling holders to purchase shares of Common Stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock) multiplied by (ii) one minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of Common Stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock, in determining the price payable for Common Stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of Common Stock as reported during the ten trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of Class A Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of Common Stock on account of such shares of Common Stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, (c) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Common Stock in connection with a proposed initial business combination, (d) to satisfy the redemption rights of the holders of Common Stock in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of Common Stock if the Company does not complete a business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO, or (e) in connection with the redemption of our public shares upon our failure to complete our initial business combination, then the Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of Common Stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of Common Stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Whenever the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants is adjusted, as described above, the Warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the Warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable upon the exercise of the warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and

121

(y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of our outstanding shares of Common Stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis of and upon the terms and conditions specified in the warrants and in lieu of the shares of our Common Stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their warrants immediately prior to such event. However, if such holders were entitled to exercise a right of election as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other assets receivable upon such consolidation or merger, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other assets for which each Warrant will become exercisable will be deemed to be the weighted average of the kind and amount received per share by such holders in such consolidation or merger that affirmatively make such election, and if a tender, exchange or redemption offer has been made to and accepted by such holders (other than a tender, exchange or redemption offer made by the Company in connection with redemption rights held by stockholders of the Company as provided for in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or as a result of the repurchase of shares of Common Stock by the Company if a proposed initial business combination is presented to the stockholders of the Company for approval) under circumstances in which, upon completion of such tender or exchange offer, the maker thereof, together with members of any group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) of which such maker is a part, and together with any affiliate or associate of such maker (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) and any members of any such group of which any such affiliate or associate is a part, own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (or any successor rule)) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the holder of a Warrant will be entitled to receive the highest amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would actually have been entitled as a stockholder if such Warrant holder had exercised the Warrant prior to the expiration of such tender or exchange offer, accepted such offer and all of the Common Stock held by such holder had been purchased pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, subject to adjustments (from and after the consummation of such tender or exchange offer) as nearly equivalent as possible to the adjustments provided for in the Warrant Agreement. Additionally, if less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of Common Stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of Common Stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the Warrant properly exercises the Warrant within 30 days following public disclosure of such transaction, the Warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the Warrant Agreement based on the per share consideration minus the Black-Scholes Warrant Value (as defined in the Warrant Agreement) of the Warrant.

The warrants have been issued in registered form under a Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent, and us. You should review a copy of the Warrant Agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement pertaining to our IPO, for a complete description of the terms and conditions applicable to the Warrants. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of Public Warrants.

122

The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the Warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the Warrant Agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Warrants being exercised. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Common Stock and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive shares of Common Stock. After the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

Warrants may be exercised only for a whole number of shares of Common Stock. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Warrant holder.

Forward Purchase Warrants

The Forward Purchase Warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the SPAC Sponsor or its permitted transferees. The Forward Purchase Warrants (including the shares of Class A Stock issuable upon exercise of the Forward Purchase Warrants) are not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. Otherwise, the Forward Purchase Warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the Public Warrants. If the Forward Purchase Warrants are held by holders other than the SPAC Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Forward Purchase Warrants are redeemable by us and exercisable by the holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

If holders of the Forward Purchase Warrants elect to exercise them on a cashless basis, they will pay the exercise price by surrendering their Warrants for that number of shares of Class A Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A Stock underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the Warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A Stock for the ten trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of Warrant exercise is sent to the Warrant Agent. The reason that we have agreed that these Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by our Sponsor and permitted transferees is because it is not known at this time whether they will be affiliated with us following a business combination. If they remain affiliated with us, their ability to sell our securities in the open market will be significantly limited. We have policies in place that prohibit insiders from selling our securities except during specific periods of time. Even during such periods of time when insiders are permitted to sell our securities, an insider cannot trade in our securities if he or she is in possession of material non-public information. Accordingly, unlike public stockholders who could exercise their Warrants and sell the shares of Class A Stock received upon such exercise freely in the open market in order to recoup the cost of such exercise, insiders could be significantly restricted from selling such securities. As a result, we believe that allowing the holders to exercise such Warrants on a cashless basis is appropriate.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our Common Stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and our general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of our Board. In addition, our Board is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

123

Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The Transfer Agent for our Common Stock and Warrant Agent for our Warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent, its agents and each of its stockholders, directors, officers and employees against all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any liability due to any gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of the indemnified person or entity.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Provisions of the DGCL and the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation could make it more difficult to acquire the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or to remove incumbent officers and directors. These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to first negotiate with the board of directors. We believe that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging certain takeover or acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value. However, these provisions may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of us that a stockholder might consider is in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price of the Common Stock.

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides for certain other provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect:

•

There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors.

•

Our Board is empowered to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board or the resignation, death, or removal of a director in certain circumstances.

•

Directors may only be removed from the Board for cause.

•

There is a prohibition on stockholders calling a special meeting and a requirement that a meeting of stockholders may only be called by members of our Board, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors.

•

Our authorized but unissued Common Stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Common Stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that we will not engage in any “business combinations” (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), at any point in time at which our Class A Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any “interested stockholder” (as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) for a three-year period after the time that such person became an interested stockholder unless:

•

prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

•

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Company

124

outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

•

at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company which is not owned by the interested stockholder

Forum Selection Clause

Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (1) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (2) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company to the Company or its stockholders, (3) action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws, or (4) action asserting a claim against the Company, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the provision described in the preceding paragraph shall not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation further provides the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court. Our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Securities Act Restrictions on Resale of Securities

In general, Rule 144 of the Securities Act, (“Rule 144”), permits the resale of restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act if certain conditions are met. Rule 144 is not available for the resale of restricted securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company, including us. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met at the time of such resale:

•

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

125

•

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

•

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, we are no longer a shell company, and as long as the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, we expect Rule 144 to be available for the resale of our restricted securities.

If the above conditions have been met and Rule 144 is available, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of common stock or warrants for at least one year would be entitled to sell their securities pursuant to Rule 144, provided that such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale. If such persons are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, such persons would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

•

1% of the total number of shares of common stock or warrants, as applicable, then outstanding; or

•

the average weekly reported trading volume of the common stock or warrants, as applicable, during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144, when available, will also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements.

As of April 20, 2022, we had 98,240,727 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding. Of these, 24,987,762 shares sold in our IPO are freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the shares of our Class A Common Stock owned by the SPAC Sponsor are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. The shares of our Class A Common Stock we issued to the PIPE Investors pursuant to the PIPE Subscription Agreements are restricted securities for purposes of Rule 144.

As of June 18, 2021, we had warrants to purchase an aggregate of 13,333,328 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding, consisting of: (a) the outstanding Public Warrants (warrants to purchase an aggregate of 12,499,995 shares of Class A common) and (b) the Forward Purchase Warrants (warrants to purchase an aggregate of 833,333 shares of Class A Common Stock). Each whole warrant is exercisable for one share of our Class A Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the applicable warrant agreement governing such warrants. The Public Warrants are freely tradable, except for any warrants purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

We expect Rule 144 to be available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities as long as the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied following the Business Combination.

Registration Rights

The Company entered into the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement with the SPAC Sponsor and certain other stockholders of the Company, including the LiveVox Stockholder. Pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, (a) any outstanding share of Common Stock or any other equity security of the Company held by a signatory thereto (besides the Company) as of the date of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement or thereafter acquired by a such holder and (b) any

126

other equity security of the Company issued or issuable with respect to any such share of Common Stock held by such holder by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, will be entitled to registration rights.

The Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement provides that the Company will, as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days after the consummation of the Business Combination, file with the SEC a shelf registration statement. Such shelf registration statement shall register the resale of all securities registrable pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement held by the signatories thereto (besides the Company) from time to time, and the Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable after the filing thereof, but in no event later than 60 days following the initial filing deadline. A majority of the signatories to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement associated with the SPAC Sponsor, as a group and the LiveVox Stockholder are each entitled to demand that the Company register shares of Common Stock held by such parties. The signatories affiliated with the SPAC Sponsor are entitled to make up to three such demands and the LiveVox Stockholder is entitled to make unlimited demands. In addition, the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement provides certain “piggy-back” registration rights. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any registration statements pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement. The Company and the other signatories to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement will provide customary indemnification in connection with offerings of Common Stock effected pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement.

In the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, the LiveVox Stockholder also agreed to be bound by certain restrictions on the transfer of its Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Such Common Stock cannot be transferred, assigned or sold until the earlier to occur of: (A) 180 days after the completion of the Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Business Combination, the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property.

Listing of Securities

Our Common Stock, Units and Public Warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “LVOX,” “LVOXU” and “LVOXW,” respectively.

127

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock as of April 20, 2022 by:

•

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of our Class A common stock;

•

each of our named executive officers and directors; and

•

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if such person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days. Except as described in the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws and similar laws, we believe that each person listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by them.

The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 98,240,727 shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of April 20, 2022:


	Shares Beneficially Owned
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (1)	Number of Shares of Class A Common Stock		Percentage of Class A Common Stock
Five Percent Holders
Entities affiliated with Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (2)		72,052,784		73.3	%
Named Executive Officers and Directors
Louis Summe (2)		320,656			*
Laurence Siegel (2)		160,328			*
Erik Fowler (2)		163,676			*
Robert D. Beyer (3)		3,250,000		3.3	%
Stewart Bloom (2)		107,419			*
Leslie C. G. Campbell		—			*
Doug Ceto		—			*
Rishi Chandna		—			*
Susan Morisato		—			*
Bernhard Nann (2)		107,419			*
Kathleen Pai		—			*
Marcello Pantuliano		—			*
Todd M. Purdy (3)		3,250,000		3.3	%
All directors and executive officers as a group (15 individuals)		4,129,498		4.2	%

Less than 1%.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the address of the principal business office of each of Messrs. Summe, Siegel, and Fowler and Mses. Campbell, Morisato and Pai is c/o LiveVox, 655 Montgomery Street, Suite 1000, San Francisco, California, 94111.

(2)

As reported on a Scheduled 13D/A filed on December 17, 2021. The address of the principal business office of Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc. (“Golden Gate Capital”) is One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor, San Francisco, California, 94111. The shares reported include: (i) 71,670,701 shares held by

128

LiveVox TopCo, LLC, and (ii) 382,083 shares acquired on December 15, 2021 by GGC Public Equities Opportunities, L.P., each of which holds their respective securities on behalf of a private investor group, including funds managed by Golden Gate Capital and Messrs. Summe, Siegel, Fowler, Bloom and Nann. Although Messrs. Summe, Siegel, Fowler, Bloom and Nann do not have voting or dispositive power over the 71,670,701 shares owned by LiveVox TopCo, each owns interests of LiveVox TopCo with varying rights to participate in distributions at the discretion of Golden Gate Capital with respect to such shares held by LiveVox TopCo. Interests shown include the 5,000,000 Earn-Out Shares because LiveVox TopCo, LLC maintains voting power over such shares.

(3)

CFI Sponsor LLC is the record holder of the 3,250,000 shares reported herein, which includes the 2,487,500 Lock-Up Shares with respect to which CFI Sponsor LLC holds voting power. Beyer Family Interests LLC and TSJD Family LLC are managing members of CFI Sponsor LLC. Mr. Beyer is a managing member of Beyer Family Interests LLC. Mr. Purdy is a managing member of TSJD Family LLC. As such, each of Beyer Family Interests LLC, TSJD Family LLC and Messrs. Beyer and Purdy may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of the Class A common stock held directly by CFI Sponsor LLC. The business address of each of Messrs. Beyer and Purdy is c/o Crescent Capital Group, 11100 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 2000, Los Angeles, CA 90025.

129

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

This prospectus relates to the resale by the Selling Shareholders from time to time of (i) up to 85,795,425 shares of Common Stock (consisting of (a) 833,333 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of the Forward Purchase Warrants, (b) up to 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Shares, (c) up to 7,500,000 PIPE Shares and (d) up to 74,962,092 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement) and (ii) up to 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants. The Selling Shareholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the Class A Common Stock and Forward Purchase Warrants set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. As used in this prospectus, the term “Selling Shareholders” includes the persons listed in the table below, together with any additional Selling Shareholders listed in a subsequent amendment to this prospectus, and their pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Shareholdrs’ interests in the Class A Common Stock or Forward Purchase Warrants, other than through a public sale.

Except as set forth in the footnotes below, the following table sets forth, based on written representations from the Selling Shareholders, certain information as of June 18, 2021 regarding the beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock and warrants by the Selling Shareholders and the shares of Class A Common Stock and Warrants being offered by the Selling Shareholders. The applicable percentage ownership of Class A Common Stock is based on approximately 94,628,387 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of June 18, 2021. A Selling Shareholder may have sold or transferred some or all of the securities indicated below with respect to such Selling Shareholder, and may in the future sell or transfer some or all of the securities indicated below in transactions exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act rather than under this prospectus. Information with respect to shares of Class A Common Stock and Forward Purchase Warrants owned beneficially after the offering assumes the sale of all of the shares of Class A Common Stock or Forward Purchase Warrants registered hereby.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the Selling Shareholders have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock and warrants that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws. Except as otherwise described below, based on the information provided to us by the Selling Shareholders, no Selling Shareholder is a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker dealer.

Up to 12,499,995 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants are not included in the table below.

Please see the section titled “Plan of Distribution” in this prospectus for further information regarding the Selling Shareholders’ method of distributing these shares.


	Shares of Class A Common Stock								Warrants to Purchase Class A Common Stock
Selling Shareholder	Number Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering		Number of Shares to be Sold in the Offering		Number Beneficially Owned After Offering		Percent Owned After Offering (1)		Number Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering		Number of Warrants to be Sold in the Offering		Number Beneficially Owner After Offering		Percent Owner After Offering (2)
Entities affiliated with Monashee Investment Management, LLC (3)		300,000		300,000		—		—		—		—		—		—
The Phoenix Insurance Company Ltd		400,000		400,000		—		—		—		—		—		—
Shotfut Menayot Chool Pheonix Amitim		1,600,000		1,600,000		—		—		—		—		—		—

130


	Shares of Class A Common Stock									Warrants to Purchase Class A Common Stock
Selling Shareholder	Number Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering		Number of Shares to be Sold in the Offering		Number Beneficially Owned After Offering		Percent Owned After Offering (1)			Number Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering		Number of Warrants to be Sold in the Offering		Number Beneficially Owner After Offering		Percent Owner After Offering (2)
Park West Partners International, Limited		237,848		62,000		175,848		*			89,609		—		89,609		*
Park West Investors Master Fund, Limited		1,513,178		638,000		875,178		*			910,391		—		910,391		6.8	%
Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. (4)		1,000,000		1,000,000		—		—			215,223		—		215,223		1.6	%
Federated Hermes Kaufmann Small Cap Fund (5)		2,000,000		2,000,000		—		—			—		—		—		—
Jane Street Global Trading, LLC (6)		219,589		200,000		19,589		*			—		—		—		—
PGIM Jennison Small Company Fund		1,000,000		1,000,000		—		—			—		—		—		—
Ghisallo Master Fund LP		350,000		300,000		50,000		*			—		—		—		—
Levico Way LLC		1,333,333		1,333,333		—		—			333,333		333,333		—		—
Crescent Capital Group Holdings LP		1,145,335		1,145,335		—		—			286,335		286,335		—		—
Eric Hall		28,000		28,000		—		—			7,000		7,000		—		—
Six Etoiles Trust		333,333		333,333		—		—			83,333		83,333		—		—
Eric & Lynne Siegel Revocable Trust		13,333		13,333		—		—			3,333		3,333		—		—
John Lee		13,333		13,333		—		—			3,333		3,333		—		—
James D. Gray Living Trust		133,333		133,333		—		—			33,333		33,333		—		—
MA Crescent Holdings, LLC		333,333		333,333		—		—			83,333		83,333		—		—
LiveVox Top Co., LLC (7)(8)		71,637,092		71,637,092		—		—			—		—		—		—
Kathleen Briscoe		25,000		25,000		—		—			—		—		—		—
John J. Gauthier		25,000		25,000		—		—			—		—		—		—
Jason D. Turner		25,000		25,000		—		—			—		—		—		—
CFI Sponsor LLC		3,250,000		3,250,000		—		—			—		—		—		—

Total		86,916,040		85,795,425		1,120,615		1.3	%		2,048,556		833,333		1,215,223		9.1	%

*	Less than 1%

(1)	Based upon 94,628,387 shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding as of June 18, 2021. Ownership percentages do not include shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants.

(2)	Based upon 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants and 12,499,995 Public Warrants as of June 18, 2021.

(3)

Consists of 14,815 shares of Class A Common Stock held by SFL SPV I LLC, 60,911 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Monashee Solitario Fund LP, 87,235 shares of Class A Common Stock held by BEMAP Master Fund LTD, 11,439 shares of Class A Common Stock held by Bespoke Alpha MAC MIM LLC, 74,908 shares of Class A common Stock held by DS Liquid RVA MON LLC and 50,692 shares of

131

Class A Common Stock held by Monashee Pure Alpha SPV I LP. Voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the foregoing Selling Shareholders resides with their investment advisor, Monashee Investment Management, LLC. Jeff Muller serves as Chief Compliance Officer of Monashee Investment Management LLC and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by these entities. Jeff Muller, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities. The address for the foregoing entities is c/o Monashee Investment Management, LLC, 75 Park Plaza, 2nd Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

(4)

Alyeska Investment Group, L.P., the investment manager of the Selling Securityholder, has voting and investment control of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder. Anand Parekh is the Chief Executive Officer of Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. and may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of such shares. Mr. Parekh, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Selling Securityholder. The registered address of Alyeska Master Fund, L.P. is at c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands. Alyeska Investment Group, L.P. is located at 77 W. Wacker, Suite 700, Chicago IL 60601

(5)

Beneficial ownership consists of 2,000,000 shares of common stock held by Federated Hermes Kaufmann Small Cap Fund, a portfolio of Federated Hermes Equity Funds (the “Federated Fund”). The address of the Federated Fund is 4000 Ericsson Drive, Warrendale, Pennsylvania 15086-7561. The Federated Fund is managed by Federated Equity Management Company of Pennsylvania and subadvised by Federated Global Investment Management Corp., which are wholly owned subsidiaries of FII Holdings, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Federated Hermes, Inc. (the “Federated Parent”). All of the Federated Parent’s outstanding voting stock is held in the Voting Shares Irrevocable Trust (the “Federated Trust”) for which Thomas R. Donahue, Rhodora J. Donahue and J. Christopher Donahue, who are collectively referred to as Federated Trustees, act as trustees. The Federated Parent’s subsidiaries have the power to direct the vote and disposition of the securities held by the Federated Fund. Each of the Federated Parent, its subsidiaries, the Federated Trust, and each of the Federated Trustees expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of such securities.

(6)	Jane Street Global Trading, LLC is affiliated with U.S. broker dealers: Jane Street Capital, LLC, Jane Street Options, LLC and Jane Street Execution Services, LLC.

(7)

The address of the principal business office of LiveVox TopCo, LLC and each of Messrs. Summe, Clevenger, Siegel, Fowler, Mallah, Chandna, Pantuliano, Bloom, Nann and Ceto is c/o Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., One Embarcadero Center, 39th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111. Interests in LiveVox TopCo are held directly or indirectly by a private investor group, including funds managed by Golden Gate Capital and Messrs. Summe, Siegel, Bloom, Clevenger, Fowler, Nann and Mallah. Although Messrs. Summe, Siegel, Bloom, Clevenger, Fowler, Nann and Mallah do not have voting or dispositive power over securities owned by LiveVox TopCo, each owns interests of LiveVox TopCo with varying rights to participate in distributions by LiveVox TopCo.

(8)	Interests shown include the 5,000,000 Earn-Out Shares because LiveVox TopCo, LLC maintains voting power over such shares.

132

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Overview

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our Common Stock. This summary deals only with shares of our Common Stock that are purchased by a non-U.S. holder in this offering and that will be held by such non-U.S. holder as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”) (generally, property held for investment).

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Common Stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

•

an entity treated as a corporation created or organized (or deemed to be created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•

any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

•

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

•

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

This summary does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold our Common Stock through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our Common Stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in shares of our Common Stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations described in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation (such as the alternative minimum tax or the unearned income Medicare contribution tax and does not address any aspects of other U.S. federal taxes (such as gift or estate taxes) or state, local or non-U.S. taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate or an entity subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules, a bank or other financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity), a person who holds or disposes of our Warrants, a person who acquired shares of our Common Stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our Common Stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment).

133

We have not sought and do not expect to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our Common Stock that differ from those discussed below.

The discussion below assumes that no item of income or gain in respect of shares of our Common Stock at any time will be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder. If you are a non-U.S. holder conducting a U.S. trade or business and your income or gain in respect of shares of our Common Stock is effectively connected with such U.S. trade or business, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax (including branch profits tax) consequences resulting from your investment in shares of our Common Stock.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Common Stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our Common Stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our Common Stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

Distributions on our Common Stock

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash on shares of our Common Stock, in general such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing your tax basis in our Common Stock (determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero, and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale of stock (the treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Shares of our Common Stock”). Any such distribution will also be subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA withholding (as defined below).

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Common Stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and reduce or avoid backup withholding, as discussed below) for dividends generally will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if shares of our Common Stock are held through certain non-U.S. intermediaries (including certain non-U.S. partnerships), to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. This certification must be provided to us (or, if applicable, our paying agent) prior to the payment to the non-U.S. holder of any dividends, and may be required to be updated periodically. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our Common Stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

134

Gain on Disposition of Shares of our Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our Common Stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, unless:

•

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale or other disposition, and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the individual’s net capital gain for the year; or

•

our Common Stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our Common Stock (the “applicable period”).

We will be a USRPHC if at any time that the fair market value of our “United States real property interests,” as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than five percent of our outstanding Common Stock at some time during the applicable period, but there can be no assurance that our Common Stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market. You should consult your tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The gross amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid to such holder on our Common Stock unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury (generally on an applicable IRS Form W-8) that it is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is such a “United States person”), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our Common Stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is such a ”United States person”), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

135

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act Withholding

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, FATCA may impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our Common Stock and, subject to the proposed Treasury regulations discussed below, on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Common Stock, in each case, paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution (as specifically defined for this purpose), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities certain information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules, (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence may modify the requirements described in this paragraph.

Under the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on shares of our Common Stock. U.S. Treasury regulations proposed in December 2018 eliminate possible FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Common Stock, and may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA on their investment in our Common Stock.

THE SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

136

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We are registering the issuance by us of (i) up to 833,333 shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of the Forward Purchase Warrants by the holders thereof and (ii) up to 12,499,995 shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise of the Public Warrants by the holders thereof. We are also registering the resale by the Selling Shareholders or their permitted transferees from time to time of (i) up to 85,795,425 shares of Class A Common Stock (consisting of (a) up to 833,333 shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of the Forward Purchase Warrants, (b) up to 2,500,000 Forward Purchase Shares, (c) up to 7,500,000 PIPE Shares and (d) up to 74,962,092 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement) and (ii) up to 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants.

We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the securities to be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus. The Selling Shareholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their sale of securities.

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the securities by the Selling Shareholders. We will receive proceeds from warrants exercised in the event that such warrants are exercised for cash. The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Shareholders will be the purchase price of the securities less any discounts and commissions borne by the Selling Shareholders.

The shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Selling Shareholders covered by this prospectus may be offered and sold from time to time by the Selling Shareholders. The term “Selling Shareholders” includes donees, pledgees, transferees or other successors in interest selling securities received after the date of this prospectus from a Selling Shareholder as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer. The Selling Shareholders will act independently of us in making decisions with respect to the timing, manner and size of each sale. Such sales may be made on one or more exchanges or in the over-the-counter market or otherwise, at prices and under terms then prevailing or at prices related to the then-current market price or in negotiated transactions. The Selling Shareholders may sell their shares by one or more of, or a combination of, the following methods:

•

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by such broker-dealer for its own account pursuant to this prospectus;

•

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker solicits purchasers;

•

block trades in which the broker-dealer so engaged will attempt to sell the securities as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

•

an over-the-counter distribution in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq;

•

through trading plans entered into by a Selling Shareholder pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act that are in place at the time of an offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement hereto that provide for periodic sales of their securities on the basis of parameters described in such trading plans;

•

through one or more underwritten offerings on a firm commitment or best efforts basis;

•

settlement of short sales entered into after the date of this prospectus;

•

agreements with broker-dealers to sell a specified number of the securities at a stipulated price per share or warrant;

•

in “at the market” offerings, as defined in Rule 415 under the Securities Act, at negotiated prices, at prices prevailing at the time of sale or at prices related to such prevailing market prices, including sales made directly on a national securities exchange or sales made through a market maker other than on an exchange or other similar offerings through sales agents;

•

directly to purchasers, including through a specific bidding, auction or other process or in privately negotiated transactions;

137

•

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

•

through a combination of any of the above methods of sale; or

•

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

In addition, a Selling Shareholder that is an entity may elect to make a pro rata in-kind distribution of securities to its members, partners or shareholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus with a plan of distribution. Such members, partners or shareholders would thereby receive freely tradeable securities pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement. To the extent a distributee is an affiliate of ours (or to the extent otherwise required by law), we may file a prospectus supplement in order to permit the distributees to use the prospectus to resell the securities acquired in the distribution.

There can be no assurance that the Selling Shareholders will sell all or any of the securities offered by this prospectus. In addition, the Selling Shareholders may also sell securities under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, if available, or in other transactions exempt from registration, rather than under this prospectus. The Selling Shareholders have the sole and absolute discretion not to accept any purchase offer or make any sale of securities if they deem the purchase price to be unsatisfactory at any particular time.

The Selling Shareholders also may transfer the securities in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus. Upon being notified by a Selling Shareholder that a donee, pledgee, transferee, or other successor-in-interest intends to sell our securities, we will, to the extent required, promptly file a supplement to this prospectus to name specifically such person as a selling shareholder.

With respect to a particular offering of the securities held by the Selling Shareholders, to the extent required, an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, will be prepared and will set forth the following information:

•

the specific securities to be offered and sold;

•

the names of the selling shareholders;

•

the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the proceeds to be received from the sale, if any, and other material terms of the offering;

•

settlement of short sales entered into after the date of this prospectus;

•

the names of any participating agents, broker-dealers or underwriters; and

•

any applicable commissions, discounts, concessions and other items constituting compensation from the selling shareholders.

In connection with distributions of the securities or otherwise, the Selling Shareholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions. In connection with such transactions, broker-dealers or other financial institutions may engage in short sales of the securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume with Selling Shareholders. The Selling Shareholders may also sell the securities short and redeliver the securities to close out such short positions. The Selling Shareholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of securities offered by this prospectus, which securities such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction). The Selling Shareholders may also pledge securities to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, and, upon a default, such broker-dealer or other financial institution, may effect sales of the pledged securities pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

138

In order to facilitate the offering of the securities, any underwriters or agents, as the case may be, involved in the offering of such securities may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our securities. Specifically, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may over-allot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in our securities for their own account. In addition, to cover overallotments or to stabilize the price of our securities, the underwriters or agents, as the case may be, may bid for, and purchase, such securities in the open market. Finally, in any offering of securities through a syndicate of underwriters, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allotted to an underwriter or a broker-dealer for distributing such securities in the offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed securities in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above independent market levels. The underwriters or agents, as the case may be, are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

The Selling Shareholders may solicit offers to purchase the securities directly from, and it may sell such securities directly to, institutional investors or others. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. The terms of any of those sales, including the terms of any bidding or auction process, if utilized, will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement.

It is possible that one or more underwriters may make a market in our securities, but such underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. We cannot give any assurance as to the liquidity of the trading market for our securities.

Our Common Stock and warrants are listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “LVOX” and “LVOXW,” respectively.

The Selling Shareholders may authorize underwriters, broker-dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain purchasers to purchase the securities at the public offering price set forth in the prospectus supplement pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future. The contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth any commissions we or the Selling Shareholders pay for solicitation of these contracts.

A Selling Shareholder may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by any Selling Shareholders or borrowed from any Selling Shareholders or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from any Selling Shareholders in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post-effective amendment). In addition, any Selling Shareholders may otherwise loan or pledge securities to a financial institution or other third party that in turn may sell the securities short using this prospectus. Such financial institution or other third party may transfer its economic short position to investors in our securities or in connection with a concurrent offering of other securities.

In effecting sales, broker-dealers or agents engaged by the Selling Shareholders may arrange for other broker-dealers to participate. Broker-dealers or agents may receive commissions, discounts or concessions from the Selling Shareholders in amounts to be negotiated immediately prior to the sale.

In compliance with the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the aggregate maximum discount, commission, fees or other items constituting underwriting compensation to be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed 8% of the gross proceeds of any offering pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement.

139

If at the time of any offering made under this prospectus a member of FINRA participating in the offering has a “conflict of interest” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121 (“Rule 5121”), that offering will be conducted in accordance with the relevant provisions of Rule 5121.

To our knowledge, there are currently no plans, arrangements or understandings between the Selling Shareholders and any broker-dealer or agent regarding the sale of the securities by the Selling Shareholders. Upon our notification by a Selling Shareholder that any material arrangement has been entered into with an underwriter or broker-dealer for the sale of securities through a block trade, special offering, exchange distribution, secondary distribution or a purchase by an underwriter or broker-dealer, we will file, if required by applicable law or regulation, a supplement to this prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act disclosing certain material information relating to such underwriter or broker-dealer and such offering.

Underwriters, broker-dealers or agents may facilitate the marketing of an offering online directly or through one of their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms and a prospectus online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, broker-dealer or agent, place orders online or through their financial advisors.

In offering the securities covered by this prospectus, the Selling Shareholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents who execute sales for the Selling Shareholders may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of those securities may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.

The underwriters, broker-dealers and agents may engage in transactions with us or the Selling Shareholders, or perform services for us or the Selling Shareholders, in the ordinary course of business.

In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, the securities must be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in certain states the securities may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in the applicable state or an exemption from the registration or qualification requirement is available and is complied with.

The Selling Shareholders and any other persons participating in the sale or distribution of the securities will be subject to applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulation M. These provisions may restrict certain activities of, and limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the securities by, the Selling Shareholders or any other person, which limitations may affect the marketability of the shares of the securities.

We will make copies of this prospectus available to the Selling Shareholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The Selling Shareholders may indemnify any agent, broker-dealer or underwriter that participates in transactions involving the sale of the securities against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Shareholders against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law. Agents, broker-dealers and underwriters may be entitled to indemnification by us and the Selling Shareholders against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution with respect to payments which the agents, broker-dealers or underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

140

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of our Common Stock and warrants offered by this prospectus has been passed upon by Kirkland & Ellis LLP.

141

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of LiveVox Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

142

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We have also filed a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the Common Stock and warrants offered by this prospectus. This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the exhibits. Our SEC filings are available to the public on the internet at a website maintained by the SEC located at http://www.sec.gov.

We also maintain a website at https://www.livevox.com. The information contained in or accessible from our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. You may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.

143

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


*Audited Consolidated Financial Statements*
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)			F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020			F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019			F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019			F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019			F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-8

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of LiveVox Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LiveVox Holdings, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

San Francisco, California

March 11, 2022

F-2

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except per share data)


	As of
	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47,217		$	18,098
Restricted cash, current		100			1,368
Marketable securities, current		7,226			—
Accounts receivable, net		20,128			13,817
Deferred sales commissions, current		2,691			1,521
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		6,151			2,880

Total Current Assets		83,513			37,684
Property and equipment, net		3,010			3,505
Goodwill		47,481			47,481
Intangible assets, net		20,195			18,688
Operating lease right-of-use assets		5,483			3,858
Deposits and other		664			2,334
Marketable securities, net of current		42,148			—
Deferred sales commissions, net of current		6,747			3,208
Restricted cash, net of current		—			100

Total Assets	$	209,241		$	116,858

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	6,490		$	3,521
Accrued expenses		13,855			11,667
Deferred revenue, current		1,307			1,140
Term loan, current		561			1,440
Operating lease liabilities, current		1,946			1,353
Finance lease liabilities, current		26			392

Total current liabilities		24,185			19,513
Long term liabilities:
Line of credit		—			4,672
Deferred revenue, net of current		456			237
Term loan, net of current		54,459			54,604
Operating lease liabilities, net of current		4,046			3,088
Finance lease liabilities, net of current		11			38
Deferred tax liability, net		2			193
Warrant liability		767			—
Other long-term liabilities		337			372

Total liabilities		84,263			82,717

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11 and 23)
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 25,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021; none authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020.		—			—
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020; 90,697 and 66,637 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.		9			7
Additional paid-in capital		253,468			59,168
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(477	)		(206	)
Accumulated deficit		(128,022	)		(24,828	)

Total stockholders’ equity		124,978			34,141

Total liabilities & stockholders’ equity	$	209,241		$	116,858

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands, except per share data)


	For the years ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Revenue	$	119,231		$	102,545		$	92,755
Cost of revenue		60,639			39,476			38,253

Gross profit		58,592			63,069			54,502
Operating expenses
Sales and marketing expense		62,333			29,023			24,423
General and administrative expense		44,694			14,291			16,938
Research and development expense		52,562			20,160			16,607

Total operating expenses		159,589			63,474			57,968

Loss from operations		(100,997	)		(405	)		(3,466	)
Interest expense, net		3,732			3,890			3,320
Change in the fair value of warrant liability		(1,242	)		—			—
Other expense (income), net		(459	)		154			(22	)

Total other expense, net		2,031			4,044			3,298
Pre-tax loss		(103,028	)		(4,449	)		(6,764	)
Provision for income taxes		166			196			149

Net loss	$	(103,194	)	$	(4,645	)	$	(6,913	)

Comprehensive loss
Net loss		(103,194	)		(4,645	)		(6,913	)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(94	)		12			(48	)
Unrealized loss on marketable securities		(177	)		—			—

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax		(271	)		12			(48	)

Comprehensive loss	$	(103,465	)	$	(4,633	)		(6,961	)

Net loss per share—basic and diluted	$	(1.29	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.10	)
Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted		79,964			66,637			66,637

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands)


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
Balance at December 31, 2018		1	$	—	$	58,619		$	(170	)	$	(13,270	)	$	45,179
Retroactive application of reverse recapitalization		66,636		7		(7	)								—

Balance at December 31, 2018, as converted		66,637	$	7	$	58,612		$	(170	)	$	(13,270	)	$	45,179

Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			(48	)		—			(48	)
Net loss		—		—		—			—			(6,913	)		(6,913	)

Balance at December 31, 2019		66,637	$	7	$	58,612		$	(218	)	$	(20,183	)	$	38,218


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
Balance at December 31, 2019		1	$	—	$	58,619		$	(218	)	$	(20,183	)	$	38,218
Retroactive application of reverse recapitalization		66,636		7		(7	)								—

Balance at December 31, 2019, as converted		66,637	$	7	$	58,612		$	(218	)	$	(20,183	)	$	38,218

Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			12			—			12
Stock-based compensation		—		—		556			—			—			556
Net loss		—		—		—			—			(4,645	)		(4,645	)

Balance at December 31, 2020		66,637	$	7	$	59,168		$	(206	)	$	(24,828	)	$	34,141


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total
Balance at December 31, 2020		1	$	—	$	59,175		$	(206	)	$	(24,828	)	$	34,141
Retroactive application of reverse recapitalization		66,636		7		(7	)								—

Balance at December 31, 2020, as converted		66,637	$	7	$	59,168		$	(206	)	$	(24,828	)	$	34,141

Merger and PIPE financing		24,060		2		190,395			—			—			190,397
Foreign currency translation adjustment		—		—		—			(94	)		—			(94	)
Unrealized loss on marketable securities		—		—		—			(177	)		—			(177	)
Stock-based compensation		—		—		3,905			—			—			3,905
Net loss		—		—		—			—			(103,194	)		(103,194	)

Balance at December 31, 2021		90,697	$	9	$	253,468		$	(477	)	$	(128,022	)	$	124,978

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in thousands)


	For the years ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Operating activities:
Net loss	$	(103,194	)	$	(4,645	)	$	(6,913	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		2,106			1,876			1,559
Amortization of identified intangible assets		4,473			4,189			3,335
Amortization of deferred loan origination costs		129			143			154
Amortization of deferred sales commissions		2,052			1,259			889
Non-cash lease expense		1,622			1,241			—
Stock-based compensation expense		3,905			556			—
Equity incentive bonus		32,626			—			—
Bad debt expense		195			636			340
Loss on disposition of asset		—			54			—
Deferred income tax benefit		(191	)		(127	)		(288	)
Change in the fair value of the warrant liability		(1,242	)		—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable		(5,810	)		1,934			(4,439	)
Other assets		(3,297	)		(2,296	)		(379	)
Deferred sales commissions		(6,761	)		(2,465	)		(1,599	)
Accounts payable		3,403			1,015			966
Accrued expenses		2,199			(1,666	)		5,510
Deferred revenue		385			579			655
Operating lease liabilities		(1,664	)		(1,281	)		—
Other long-term liabilities		7			68			1,778

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(69,057	)		1,070			1,568
Investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(1,582	)		(753	)		(1,140	)
Purchases of marketable securities		(50,797	)		—			—
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities		1,250			—			—
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired		—			(20	)		(11,018	)
Proceeds from asset acquisition, net of cash paid		1,326			—			—

Net cash used in investing activities		(49,803	)		(773	)		(12,158	)
Financing activities:
Proceeds from Merger and PIPE financing, net of cash paid		159,691			—			—
Proceeds from borrowing on term loans		—			—			13,900
Repayment on loan payable		(1,816	)		(1,152	)		(844	)
Proceeds from drawdown on line of credit		—			4,672			—
Repayment of drawdown on line of credit		(4,672	)		—			—
Debt issuance costs		(153	)		—			(265	)
Payment of contingent consideration liability		(5,969	)		—			—
Repayments on finance lease obligations		(392	)		(752	)		(1,038	)

Net cash provided by financing activities		146,689			2,768			11,753

Effect of foreign currency translation		(78	)		(12	)		(62	)
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash		27,751			3,053			1,101
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash beginning of period		19,566			16,513			15,412

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash end of period	$	47,317		$	19,566		$	16,513

F-6


	For the years ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interest paid	$	3,484	$	3,768	$	3,329
Income taxes paid		292		241		228
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing activities:
Equipment and software acquired under finance lease obligations	$	—	$	74	$	403
Additional right-of-use assets		3,246		997		—

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash to the consolidated balance sheets (dollars in thousands):


	As of December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47,217	$	18,098	$	14,910
Restricted cash, current		100		1,368		171
Restricted cash, net of current		—		100		1,432

Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash	$	47,317	$	19,566	$	16,513

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

1.	Organization

LiveVox Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Crescent Acquisition Corp (“Crescent”)), and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company,” “LiveVox,” “we,” “us” or “our”) is engaged in the business of developing and marketing a cloud-hosted Contact Center as a Service (“CCaaS”) customer engagement platform that leverages microservice technology to rapidly innovate and scale digital engagement functionality that also incorporates the capabilities of fully integrated omnichannel customer connectivity, multichannel enabled Customer Relationship Management and Workforce Optimization applications. LiveVox’s customers are located primarily in the United States. LiveVox’s services are used to initiate and manage customer contact campaigns primarily for companies in the accounts receivable management, tele-sales and customer care industries.

On June 18, 2021 (the “Closing Date” or “Closing”), Crescent, a Delaware corporation, consummated the previously announced business combination pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 13, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Crescent, Function Acquisition I Corp, a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Crescent (“First Merger Sub”), Function Acquisition II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Crescent (“Second Merger Sub”), LiveVox Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Old LiveVox”), and GGC Services Holdco, Inc., a Delaware corporation, solely in its capacity as the representative, agent and attorney-in-fact (in such capacity, the “Stockholder Representative”) of LiveVox TopCo, LLC (“LiveVox TopCo”), a Delaware limited liability company and the sole stockholder of Old LiveVox as of immediately prior to Closing (the “LiveVox Stockholder”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, a business combination between Crescent and Old LiveVox was effected through (a) the merger of First Merger Sub with and into Old LiveVox, with Old LiveVox continuing as the surviving corporation (the “First Merger”) and (b) immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, the merger of Old LiveVox with and into Second Merger Sub, with Second Merger Sub continuing as the surviving entity (the “Second Merger”, and collectively with the other transactions described in the Merger Agreement, the “Merger”). On the Closing Date, Crescent changed its name to “LiveVox Holdings, Inc.” and Second Merger Sub changed its name to “LiveVox Intermediate LLC”. See Note 3 for further discussion of the Merger.

On June 22, 2021, the Company’s ticker symbols on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) for its Class A common stock, warrants to purchase Class A common stock and public units were changed to “LVOX”, “LVOXW” and “LVOXU”, respectively.

LiveVox, Inc. was a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of Old LiveVox prior to the Merger and is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company after the Merger. LiveVox, Inc. was first incorporated in Delaware in 1998 under the name “Tools for Health” and in 2005 changed its name to “LiveVox, Inc.” On March 21, 2014, LiveVox, Inc. and its subsidiaries were acquired by Old LiveVox. The principal United States operations of the Company are located in San Francisco, California; New York, New York; Columbus, Ohio and Atlanta, Georgia. The Company has four main operating subsidiaries: LiveVox Colombia SAS which is wholly owned with an office located in Medellin, Colombia, LiveVox Solutions Private Limited with an office located in Bangalore, India, Speech IQ, LLC located in Columbus, Ohio, and Engage Holdings, LLC (d/b/a BusinessPhone.com) (“BusinessPhone.com”) located in Columbus, Ohio. Additionally, the Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, LiveVox International, Inc., that is incorporated in Delaware. The Company and LiveVox International, Inc. own 99.99% and 0.01%, respectively, of LiveVox Solutions Private Limited.

F-8

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

2.	Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding annual financial reporting. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

As a result of the Merger completed on June 18, 2021, prior period share and per share amounts presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and these related notes have been retroactively converted as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Merger Agreement.

Emerging Growth Company

Section 102(b)(1) of the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”) exempts emerging growth company (“EGC”) from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-EGCs but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an EGC, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s consolidated financial statement with another public company which is neither an EGC nor an EGC which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

The Company will remain an EGC until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the Initial Public Offering Closing Date, (b) in which the Company has total annual gross revenue of at least $1,070,000,000, or (c) in which the Company is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of the Company’s Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700,000,000 as of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which the Company has issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position and results of operations, requiring adjustment to these balances in future periods. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, the determination of the useful lives of long-lived assets, allowances for doubtful accounts, fair value of goodwill and long-lived assets, fair value of incentive awards, fair value of Warrants, establishing standalone selling price, valuation of deferred tax assets, income tax uncertainties and

F-9

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

other contingencies, including the Company’s ability to exercise its right to repurchase incentive options from terminated employees.

Segment Information

The Company has determined that its Chief Executive Officer is its chief operating decision maker. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of assessing performance and making decisions on how to allocate resources. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single reportable segment.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial position and results of the Company’s international subsidiaries are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Revenue and expenses have been translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the periods. Assets and liabilities have been translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date. The resulting translation gain and loss adjustments are recorded directly as a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive loss), unless there is a sale or complete liquidation of the underlying foreign investments, or the adjustment is inconsequential.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or the transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company utilizes a fair value hierarchy to classify fair value amounts of the Company’s assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed in the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The levels of the hierarchy are described below:

•

Level 1—Observable inputs that reflect quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

•

Level 2—Includes other inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace.

•

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible. Observable or market inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s assumptions based on the best information available. The Company recognizes transfers into and out of the levels as of the end of each reporting period. Refer to Note 21 for additional information regarding the fair value measurements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

F-10

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

$1.6 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company’s cash flows also include net cash proceeds of $157.6 million from the Merger and the related PIPE, net of transaction costs, which are available for general corporate purposes. The Company had restricted cash of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2021 related to the holdback amount for one acquisition the Company made in 2019, and $1.5 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2020 related to the holdback amount for two acquisitions the Company made in 2019, included in the change in cash. The Company’s primary use of cash is for operating and administrative activities including employee-related expenses, and general, operating and overhead expenses. Future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the Company’s customer growth rate, customer retention, timing and extent of development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced services offerings, the continuing market acceptance of the Company’s services, effective integration of acquisition activities, and maintaining the Company’s bank credit facility. On March 17, 2020, as a precautionary measure to ensure financial flexibility and maintain liquidity in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, LiveVox drew down approximately $4.7 million under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility (as defined below), which was repaid in full by the Company in connection with the Merger. Additionally, the duration and extent of the impact from the COVID-19 pandemic continues to depend on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the ongoing severity and transmission rate of the virus, the extent and effectiveness of vaccine programs and other containment actions, the duration of social distancing measures, office closure and other restrictions on businesses and society at large, supply chain constraints, inflationary pressures and the specific impact of these and other factors on LiveVox’s business, employees, customers and partners. While the COVID-19 pandemic has caused operational difficulties, and may continue to create challenges for the Company’s performance, it has not, thus far, had a substantial net impact on the Company’s liquidity position.

The Company believes it has sufficient financial resources for at least the next 12 months from the date these consolidated financial statements are issued.

Debt Discount and Issuance Costs

The Company’s debt issuance costs and debt discount are recorded as a direct reduction of the carrying amount of the debt liability and are amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the term loan.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at fair value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. The Company limits its credit risk associated with the cash and cash equivalents by placing investments with banks it believes are highly credit worthy. The Company has exposure to credit risk to the extent cash balances exceed amounts covered by Federal deposit insurance. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no cash equivalents. Cash consists of bank deposits. Restricted cash consists entirely of amounts held back from stockholders of the Company’s acquired businesses for indemnification of outstanding liabilities. Such amounts are retained temporarily for a period of 10.5 months and then remitted to the applicable stockholders, net of fees paid for indemnification of liabilities. Since restricted cash amounts represent funds held for others, there is also a corresponding liability account. As of December 31, 2021, the Company has identified $0.1 million as restricted cash as management’s intention is to use this cash for the specific purpose of fulfilling the obligations associated with the holdback amount from recent acquisitions. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $1.5 million in restricted cash.

F-11

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Marketable Securities

The Company invests in various marketable securities. As of December 31, 2021, the Company designated all of these marketable securities as debt securities and classified them as available-for-sale (“AFS”). No debt securities were classified as held-to-maturity or trading. The Company determines the appropriate classification of marketable securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.

Debt securities classified as AFS are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets until the securities are sold or there are indicators of impairment. Debt securities are classified as current or non-current, based on maturities and the Company’s expectations of sales and redemptions in the next 12 months.

Please refer to Note 6 for additional information relating to marketable securities.

Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are stated net of any write-offs and the allowance for doubtful accounts, at the amount the Company expects to collect. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral unless a customer has previously defaulted. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Management considers the following factors when determining the collectability of specific customer accounts: aging of the account receivable, customer creditworthiness, past transaction history with the customer, current economic and industry trends, and changes in customer payment trends. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to deteriorate, adversely affecting their ability to make payments, additional allowances would be required. At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively. Accounts receivable are charged off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. Recoveries of accounts receivable previously written off are recorded as income when received. The accounts receivable recoveries during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were immaterial. The bad debt expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.2 million, $0.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The accounts written off for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, including planned major maintenance activities, are charged

F-12

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

to expense as incurred. When assets are retired or disposed, the asset’s original cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Amortization expense on capitalized software is included in depreciation expense. Depreciation of leasehold improvements is recorded over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the leasehold improvement or lease terms that are reasonably assured.

Depreciation of property and equipment is provided using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:


		Years
Computer equipment		3 - 5
Computer software		3
Furniture and fixtures		5 - 10
Leasehold improvements		5
Website development		2

Identified Intangible Assets

On March 21, 2014, LiveVox, Inc. and subsidiaries were acquired by LiveVox Holdings, Inc. On October 16, 2019, the Company acquired the rights to certain assets of Teckst Inc. On December 16, 2019, the Company acquired the rights to Speech IQ, LLC. On February 5, 2021, the Company completed its asset acquisition of BusinessPhone. The acquisitions resulted in identified marketing-based, technology-based, customer-based, trademark-based, and workforce-based intangible assets. The fair value of the identified assets was determined as of the date of the acquisition by management with the assistance of an independent valuation firm. The identified intangible assets are being amortized using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:


		Years
Marketing-based		7
Technology-based		4 - 10
Customer-based		7 - 16
Trademark-based		4
Workforce-based		10

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of acquired business over the fair value of the underlying net tangible and intangible assets. Through the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company performed its annual impairment review of goodwill on December 31, and when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. In anticipation of the reporting requirements in connection with being a public company, the Company changed the date of its annual goodwill impairment test to October 1, effective for the year 2020.

During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, no triggering events have occurred that would require an impairment review of goodwill outside of the required annual impairment review. Refer to Note 8 for more information.

In testing for goodwill impairment, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit is less

F-13

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

than its carrying amount, including goodwill. In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350-20-35, as amended by Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-04, to determine if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount. If the fair value is determined to be less than the carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may not be recoverable. When required, impairment losses on assets to be held and used are recognized based on the fair value of the asset and long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value. No impairment loss was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Amounts Due to Related Parties

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has and expects to continue to have transactions with its stockholders and affiliates. Refer to Note 13 for more information.

Concentration of Risk

Concentration of Customer and Credit Risk

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, no single issuer represented more than 10% of the Company’s marketable securities.

The Company’s customers are primarily in the receivables management, tele-sales and customer care industries. During years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, substantially all the Company’s revenue was generated in the United States. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company did not have any customers that individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s total revenue or whose accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2021 and 2020 individually represented 10% or more of the Company’s total accounts receivable.

Concentration of Supplier Risk

The Company relies on third parties for telecommunication, bandwidth, and co-location services that are included in cost of revenue.

As of December 31, 2021, one vendor accounted for approximately 43% of the Company’s total accounts payable. No other single vendor exceeded 10% of the Company’s accounts payable at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2020, two vendors accounted for approximately 55% of the Company’s accounts payable. No other single vendor exceeded 10% of the Company’s accounts

F-14

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

payable at December 31, 2020. The Company believes there could be a material impact on future operating results should a relationship with an existing supplier cease.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with U.S. GAAP, pursuant to ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company derives substantially all of its revenue by providing cloud-based contact center voice products under a usage-based model, with prices calculated on a per-call, per-seat, or, more typically, a per-minute basis and contracted minimum usage in accordance with the terms of the underlying agreements. Other immaterial ancillary revenue is derived from call recording, local caller identification packages, performance/speech analytics, text messaging services and professional services billed monthly on primarily usage-based fees and, to a lesser extent, fixed fees. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to the Company’s customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to be entitled to in exchange for those services excluding amounts collected on behalf of third parties such as sales taxes, which are collected on behalf of and remitted to governmental authorities based on local tax law.

The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer;

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

Determination of the transaction price;

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

Recognition of revenue when, or as, the performance obligations are satisfied.

The Company enters into contracts that can include various combinations of services, each of which are distinct and accounted for as separate performance obligations. The Company’s cloud-based contact center solutions typically include a promise to provide continuous access to its hosted technology platform solutions through one of its data centers. Arrangements with customers do not provide the customer with the right to take possession of the Company’s software platform at any time. LiveVox’s performance obligations are satisfied over time as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits and the Company performs its services. The Company’s contracts typically range from one to three year agreements with payment terms of net 10-60 days. As the services provided by the Company are generally billed monthly there is not a significant financing component in the Company’s arrangements.

The Company’s arrangements typically include monthly minimum usage commitments and specify the rate at which the customer must pay for actual usage above the monthly minimum. Additional usage in excess of contractual minimum commitments is deemed to be specific to the month that the usage occurs, since the minimum usage commitments reset at the beginning of each month. The Company has determined these arrangements meet the variable consideration allocation exception and therefore, it recognizes contractual monthly commitments and any overages as revenue in the month they are earned.

The Company has service-level agreements with customers warranting defined levels of uptime reliability and performance. Customers may receive credits or refunds if the Company fails to meet such levels. If the services do not meet certain criteria, fees are subject to adjustment or refund

F-15

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

representing a form of variable consideration. The Company records reductions to revenue for these estimated customer credits at the time the related revenue is recognized. These customer credits are estimated based on current and historical customer trends, and communications with its customers. Such customer credits have not been significant to date.

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the contract price to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price (“SSP”). The Company generally determines SSP based on the prices charged to customers. In instances where SSP is not directly observable, such as when the Company does not sell the service separately, the SSP is determined using information that generally includes market conditions or other observable inputs.

Professional services for configuration, system integration, optimization or education are billed on a fixed-price or time and material basis and are performed by the Company directly or, alternatively, customers may also choose to perform these services themselves or engage their own third-party service providers. Professional services revenue, which represents approximately 2% of revenue, is recognized over time as the services are rendered.

Deferred revenue represents billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition and is recognized upon transfer of control. Balances consist primarily of annual or multi-year minimum usage agreements not yet provided as of the balance sheet date. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as deferred revenue, current in the consolidated balance sheets, with the remainder recorded as deferred revenue, net of current in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Costs to Obtain Customer Contracts (Deferred Sales Commissions)

Sales commissions are paid for initial contracts and expansions of existing customer contracts. Sales commissions and related expenses are considered incremental and recoverable costs of acquiring customer contracts. These costs are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the anticipated period of benefit, which the Company has estimated to be five years. The Company determined the period of benefit by taking into consideration the length of the Company’s customer contracts, the customer attrition rate, the life of the technology provided and other factors. Amortization expense is recorded in sales and marketing expense within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $2.1 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively. No impairment loss was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Advertising

The Company expenses non-direct response advertising costs as they are incurred. There were no advertising costs capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, advertising expense was approximately $1.2 million, $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Advertising expense is included under sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs not related to the development of internal use software are charged to operations as incurred. Research and development expenses primarily include payroll and employee benefits, consulting services, travel, and software and support costs.

F-16

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes costs of materials, consultants, payroll, and payroll-related costs of employees incurred in developing internal-use software after certain capitalization criteria are met and includes these costs in the computer software. Refer to Note 7 for additional information. Software development costs are expensed as incurred until preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. To date, all software development costs have been charged to research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. There were no capitalized software development costs related to internal-use software during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Income Taxes

Deferred Taxes

Enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act in 2017 subjects a U.S. shareholder to current tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Under U.S. GAAP, an entity can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI resulting from those items in the year of the GILTI inclusion (i.e., as a period expense). The Company has elected to recognize the tax on GILTI as a period expense in the period of inclusion. As such, no deferred taxes are recorded on the Company’s temporary differences that might reverse as GILTI in future years.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained in a court of last resort. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company does not believe its consolidated financial statements include any uncertain tax positions. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefit as a component of income tax expense.

Employee and Non-Employee Incentive Plans

Value Creation Incentive Plan and Option-Based Incentive Plan

During 2014, the Company established two bonus incentive plans, the Value Creation Incentive Plan (“VCIP”) and the Option-Based Incentive Plan (“OBIP”), pursuant to which eligible participants receive a predetermined award based on the Company’s equity value at the time of a liquidity event, which includes a transaction where the Company merges with a special purpose acquisition company

F-17

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(“SPAC”). The VCIP was structured as a percentage of shareholder returns following a liquidity event for which 15% was allocated for distribution and the Company had granted 9.3% as of December 31, 2021, of which 9.3% fully vested following the Merger. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had granted 9.3%, of which 5.7% had met the time-based vesting condition. The OBIP had 2.0 million potential award units and the Company had granted 1.8 million award units as of December 31, 2021, of which 1.8 million fully vested following the Merger. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had granted 1.8 million award units of which 1.5 million had met the time-based vesting condition. Awards under the VCIP and OBIP generally time vest over five years and performance vest upon certain liquidity event conditions, subject to continued service through the vesting dates. The Company also has an option to repurchase both awards at an amount deemed to be fair value for which the time-based vesting period has been completed, contingent on the employee’s termination of service. Because vesting and payment under the VCIP and OBIP was contingent upon a liquidity event, the Company did not record compensation expense until a liquidity event occurred or unless and until they are repurchased, in which case the Company will record compensation expense equal to the vested or repurchase amount.

During 2019, the LiveVox board of directors approved a one-time management liquidity program, in which certain executives with time-based vested VCIP awards were liquidated and paid out in cash. The Company has recorded this event as compensation expense within the Company’s consolidated financial statements within cost of revenue and operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 in the amount of $8.7 million, of which $4.3 million is recorded in accrued bonuses and was paid out in fiscal 2020.

During 2020 and 2019, the Company repurchased in cash a portion of time-based vested OBIPs and VCIPs from terminated employees at an amount deemed to be fair value. These transactions were $0.8 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and were recorded as compensation expense within the Company’s consolidated financial statements within cost of revenue and operating expenses.

As of December 31, 2020, the total value of the incentive plans was $21.2 million, of which $13.7 million had met the time-based vesting condition. The liability accrued for the two plans was $0.3 million as of December 31, 2020 for the awards deemed probable of repurchase.

As discussed in Note 1, on June 18, 2021, the Company consummated the previously announced Merger between Old LiveVox and Crescent, as a result of which all outstanding VCIP and OBIP awards became fully vested. As of December 31, 2021, the total value of the incentive plans was $68.7 million, of which $68.7 million were fully vested and paid to the plan participants in a combination of cash and equity. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded compensation expense in the amount of $68.4 million for this event within cost of revenue and operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Management Incentive Units

During 2019, LiveVox TopCo established a Management Incentive Unit program whereby the LiveVox TopCo board of directors has the power and discretion to approve the issuance of Class B Units that represent management incentive units (“Management Incentive Units”, “MIUs” or “Units”) to any manager, director, employee, officer or consultant of the Company or its subsidiaries. Vesting begins on the date of issuance, and the MIUs vest ratably over five years with 20% of the MIUs vesting on each anniversary of a specified vesting commencement date, subject to the grantee’s continued employment with the Company on the applicable vesting date. Vesting of the MIUs will accelerate

F-18

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

upon consummation of a “sale of the company”, which is defined by the LiveVox TopCo limited liability company agreement as (i) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of LiveVox TopCo on a consolidated basis or (ii) any direct or indirect sale or transfer of a majority of interests in LiveVox TopCo and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as a result of any party other than certain affiliates of Golden Gate Capital obtaining voting power to elect the majority of LiveVox TopCo’s governing body. Since the Merger does not meet the limited liability company agreement’s definition of a sale, it did not cause acceleration in vesting of the unvested Units and the Units will continue to vest based on the service condition.

If a MIU holder terminates employment, any vested MIUs as of the termination date will be subject to a repurchase option held by LiveVox TopCo or funds affiliated with Golden Gate Capital. The option to repurchase can be exercised for one year beginning on the later of (a) the MIU holder’s termination date and (b) the 181^st day following the initial acquisition of the MIUs by the MIU holder. The repurchased MIUs will be valued at fair market value as of the date that is 30 days prior to the date of the repurchase. However, if the fair market value is less than or equal to the participation threshold of the vested MIUs, the MIUs may be repurchased for no consideration.

On December 19, 2019, 3,518,096 Class B Units were issued to 12 recipients. The Company records stock-based compensation expense for the issued and outstanding Units based on the service condition reduced for actual forfeited Units. The Company elects to recognize stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of five years. Stock-based compensation for MIUs is measured based on the grant date fair value of the award estimated by using a Monte Carlo simulation. Monte Carlo simulation is a widely accepted approach for financial instruments with path dependencies. See Note 17 for further detail about stock-based compensation expenses related to MIUs.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

On June 16, 2021, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), which became effective upon the closing of the Merger on June 18, 2021. The initial number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan is 9,770,000. The number of shares of Company common stock reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year during the term of the 2021 Plan, beginning on January 1, 2022, by 5% of the total number of shares of Company common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by the board of directors. The Company grants Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) and Performance-based Restricted Stock Units (“PSUs”) awards to employees, executive officers, directors, and consultants of the Company.

On November 11, 2021, the Company entered into letter agreements (the “Acceleration Letters”) with each of Louis Summe, Chief Executive Officer and Director, Gregory Clevenger, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President, and Alexis Waadt, Vice President of Investor Relations, which amend the RSU Award Agreements entered into on August 18, 2021 to include a double trigger provision relating to the accelerated vesting of unvested RSUs in the event of a change in control and in the event the applicable executive’s employment is terminated within six months after the change in control by the Company without Cause or by such executive for Good Reason (each as defined in the Acceleration Letters). The addition of a double trigger accelerated vesting provision would not change the fair value of the applicable executives’ RSU awards on the modification date or result in incremental compensation cost to recognize.

Awards settled in shares of Class A common stock are classified as equity, and awards settled in cash are classified as liabilities. The liability versus equity treatment will be reassessed on a quarterly basis

F-19

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

for any changes that have occurred during the period that may result in a reclassification. Equity-classified awards are generally recognized as stock-based compensation expense over an employee’s requisite service period or a nonemployee’s vesting period on the basis of the grant date fair value. Liability-classified awards are initially based on the grant date fair value and subsequently remeasured at each reporting date to the then-current fair value. Ultimately, the total stock-based compensation expense recognized at the end of the vesting period equals the amount of cash paid to settle an award.

RSUs are subject only to service conditions and typically vest over an employee’s requisite service period ranging from three to six years based on the employee’s role in the Company or a nonemployee’s vesting period of four years. The Company elects to recognize stock-based compensation expense of RSUs subject to graded service vesting on a straight-line basis over the vesting period for the entire award. The choice of straight-line method is applied to both equity-classified and liability-classified RSUs subject to graded service vesting. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense of RSUs subject to cliff service vesting on a straight-line basis over the entire vesting period. If the stock-based compensation expense calculated by an application of the straight-line method as of any date is less than the portion of the grant date fair value that is vested at that date, it is adjusted for the difference between two amounts. Stock-based compensation expense of RSUs issued to nonemployees is recognized as the goods are received or services are performed. The fair value of the RSUs is estimated by using the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on Nasdaq on the measurement date.

PSUs are granted to certain key employees and vest either based on the achievement of predetermined market conditions (e.g., upon the Company’s volume-weighted average share price during the specified period achieving a specified level), or based on both service and market conditions. The Company records stock-based compensation expense for the issued and outstanding PSUs over an employee’s requisite service period, which is the longer of the time-vesting period of four to six years or the derived service period inferred from the valuation model. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense of PSUs subject to graded market vesting from the service inception date to the vesting date for each tranche separately, as if the award was in substance multiple awards (i.e., the accelerated attribution method). stock-based compensation expense of equity-classified PSUs is recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied. stock-based compensation expense of liability-classified PSUs until settlement is based on the change in fair value pro-rated for the portion of the requisite service period rendered. The total stock-based compensation expense recognized at the end of the requisite service period equals the amount of cash paid to settle an award if the market condition is met. However, if the market condition is not satisfied, the fair value on the settlement date will be zero; therefore, on a cumulative basis, the award has not been earned and no stock-based compensation expense would be recognized. The fair value of the PSUs at each measurement date is estimated by using a Monte Carlo simulation.

Except for the double trigger accelerated vesting provision included in the Acceleration Letters, if a grantee incurs a termination of continuous service for any reason, any unvested awards will be forfeited without consideration by the grantee. The Company elects to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than making estimates of future forfeitures. Outstanding RSU and PSU awards have dividend equivalent rights that entitle holders of such outstanding awards to the same dividend value per share as holders of Class A common stock. Dividend equivalent rights are subject to the same vesting and other terms and conditions as the corresponding unvested awards. Dividend equivalent rights are accumulated and paid in additional shares when the underlying shares vest.

See Note 17 for further detail about stock-based compensation expenses related to RSUs and PSUs under the 2021 Plan.

F-20

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Acquisitions

The Company evaluates acquisitions of assets and other similar transactions to assess whether or not the transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or asset acquisition by first applying a screen test to determine if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or group of similar identifiable assets. If the screen is met, the transaction is accounted for as an asset acquisition. If the screen is not met, further determination is required as to whether or not the Company has acquired inputs and processes that have the ability to create outputs which would meet the definition of a business. Significant judgment is required in the application of the screen test to determine whether an acquisition is a business combination or an acquisition of assets.

Public and Forward Purchase Warrants

Prior to the Merger, Crescent issued 7,000,000 private placement warrants (“Private Warrants”) and 12,499,995 public warrants (“Public Warrants”) at the close of Crescent’s initial public offering (“IPO”) on March 7, 2019. As an incentive for LiveVox to enter into the Merger Agreement, pursuant to the Sponsor Support Agreement dated January 13, 2021, Crescent’s sponsor agreed to the cancellation of all of the Private Warrants prior to the Closing Date. In addition, 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants (“Forward Purchase Warrants”) were issued pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement dated January 13, 2021 between Crescent and Old LiveVox. The 12,499,995 Public Warrants and the 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants (collectively, the “Warrants”) remain outstanding after the Merger. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments. The Warrants are exercisable at any time prior to June 18, 2026.

The Forward Purchase Warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Forward Purchase Warrants are transferable, assignable or salable after June 18, 2021, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Forward Purchase Warrants are exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Forward Purchase Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Forward Purchase Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrant. See Note 14 for further information on stock warrants.

Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company concluded that (a) the Public Warrants meet the derivative scope exception for contracts in the Company’s own stock and are recorded in stockholders’ equity and (b) the Forward Purchase Warrants do not meet the derivative scope exception and are accounted for as derivative liabilities. Specifically, the Forward Purchase Warrants contain provisions that cause the settlement amounts to be dependent upon the characteristics of the holder of the warrant which is not an input into the pricing of a fixed-for-fixed option on equity shares. Therefore, the Forward Purchase Warrants are not considered indexed to the Company’s stock and should be classified as a liability. Since the Forward Purchase Warrants meet the definition of a derivative, the Company recorded the Forward Purchase Warrants as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value upon the Merger, with subsequent changes in the fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss at each reporting date. The fair value of the Forward Purchase Warrants was measured using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model at each measurement date.

On June 18, 2021, the Company recorded a liability related to the Forward Purchase Warrants of $2.0 million, with an offsetting entry to additional paid-in capital. On December 31, 2021, the fair

F-21

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

value of the Forward Purchase Warrants decreased to $0.8 million, which amount is included in warrant liability within the consolidated balance sheets, with the gain on fair value change recorded in change in the fair value of warrant liability within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. See Note 21 for further information on fair value.

aa)

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

As an EGC, the JOBS Act allows the Company to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are applicable to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act until such time the Company is no longer considered to be an EGC. The adoption dates discussed below reflect this election.

ASU 2018-15—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”), which clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2021 and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.

SEC Final Rule Release 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses (Release No. 33-10786)

In May 2020, the SEC issued Final Rule Release 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses (“Release No. 33-10786”), which amends the disclosure requirements applicable to acquisitions and dispositions of businesses to improve the financial information provided to investors, facilitate more timely access to capital, and reduce the complexity and costs to prepare disclosure. Release No. 33-10786, among other things, (i) amends the tests used to determine significance and expands the use of proforma financial information; (ii) revises the proforma information requirements; (iii) reduces the maximum number of years for which financial statements under Regulation S-X are required to two years; (iv) permits abbreviated financial statements for certain acquisitions; (v) modifies the disclosure requirements relating to the aggregate effect of acquisitions for which financial statements are not required; and (vi) conforms the significance threshold and tests on both disposed and acquired businesses. Release No. 33-10786 became effective on January 1, 2021. The Company adopted all provisions of Release No. 33-10786 on January 1, 2021 and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, operating results or cash flows.

SEC Final Rule Release 33-10825, Modernization of Regulation S-K Items 101, 103, and 105 (SEC Rule 33-10825)

In August 2020, the SEC issued Final Rule Release 33-10825, Modernization of Regulation S-K Items 101, 103, and 105 (SEC Rule 33-10825), which modernize the description of business, legal

F-22

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

proceedings, and risk factor disclosures that registrants are required to make pursuant to Regulation S-K. Key changes include: (i) requiring a principles-based description of the company’s human capital resources, including any human capital measures/objectives that the company focuses on in managing its business (e.g., those that address the development, attraction, and retention of personnel) when material to understanding the business; (ii) eliminating the requirement to disclose business developments over the last five years and focusing on developments that are critical to understanding the company’s business, and, after an initial registration statement, permitting companies to provide only an update of material business developments, so long as the full discussion of business developments from a single previously-filed registration statement or report is incorporated by reference; (iii) increasing the quantitative threshold for disclosing certain governmental environmental proceedings and allowing legal proceedings disclosures to be hyperlinked or cross-referenced to other sections in the document; and (iv) shifting the focus to “material” risk factors categorized by relevant heading and requiring a risk factor summary when the risk factor section is longer than 15 pages. SEC Rule 33-10825 became effective for all registration statements, annual reports and quarterly reports filed on or after November 9, 2020. The Company adopted all provisions of Release No. 33-10825 in this Annual Report.

SEC Final Rule Release 33-10890, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, Selected Financial Data, and Supplementary Financial Information (Release No. 33-10890)

In November 2020, the SEC issued Final Rule Release 33-10890, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, Selected Financial Data, and Supplementary Financial Information (“Release No. 33-10890”), which amends certain sections of Regulation S-K to modernize, simplify, and enhance Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”), eliminate the requirement to provide certain selected financial data and streamline supplementary financial information. Key changes include: (i) elimination of five years of Selected Financial Data; (ii) replacement of the current requirement for two years of quarterly tabular disclosure only when there are material retrospective changes; (iii) clarification of the objective of MD&A; (iv) enhancement and clarification of the disclosure requirements for liquidity and capital resources; (v) elimination of tabular disclosure of contractual obligations; (vi) integration of disclosure of off-balance sheet arrangements within the context of the MD&A; (vii) codification of prior SEC guidance on critical accounting estimates; and (viii) flexibility in comparison of the most recently completed quarter to either the corresponding quarter of the prior year or to the immediately preceding quarter. Release No. 33-10890 became effective on February 10, 2021. Registrants are required to comply with the new rules beginning with the first fiscal year ending on or after August 9, 2021. Registrants may early adopt the amended rules at any time after the effective date (on an item-by-item basis), as long as they provide disclosure responsive to an amended item in its entirety. The Company adopted all provisions of Release No. 33-10890 in this Annual Report.

ab)

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326)

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”), which changes the impairment model for most financial assets. The new model uses a forward-looking expected loss method, which will generally result in earlier recognition of allowances for losses. In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of

F-23

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses. Instead, impairment of receivables arising from operating leases should be accounted for in accordance with Topic 842, Leases. In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019- 04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments, which clarifies treatment of certain credit losses. In May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief, which permits an entity, upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, to irrevocably elect the fair value option (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) for eligible financial assets measured at amortized cost basis. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842), which changes the effective dates for Topic 326 to give implementation relief to certain types of entities. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019- 11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which includes various narrow-scope improvements and clarifications. In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020- 03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, which clarifies and improves certain financial instruments guidance. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods within those fiscal years. The guidance is to be adopted on a modified retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements and plans to adopt this standard effective January 1, 2023.

ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740)

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740), which enhances and simplifies various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance, including requirements such as tax basis step-up in goodwill obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination, ownership changes in investments and interim-period accounting for enacted changes in tax law. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The guidance has various elements and different transition methods (retrospective, modified-retrospective, or prospective) which are applied based on the nature of the elements. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements and will adopt this standard on December 31, 2022.

ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40)

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity, including removing certain conditions for equity classification, and amending certain guidance on the computation of EPS for contracts on an entity’s own equity. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities can elect to adopt the guidance through either a modified retrospective method of transition or a fully retrospective

F-24

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

method of transition. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this pronouncement will have on its consolidated financial statements and plans to adopt this standard effective January 1, 2024.

3.	Reverse Recapitalization

Pursuant to ASC 805, Business Combinations, the merger between Old LiveVox and Crescent was accounted for as a Reverse Recapitalization, rather than a business combination, for financial accounting and reporting purposes. Accordingly, Old LiveVox was deemed the accounting acquirer (and legal acquiree) and Crescent was treated as the accounting acquiree (and legal acquirer). Under this method of accounting, the Reverse Recapitalization was treated as the equivalent of Old LiveVox issuing stock for the net assets of Crescent, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Crescent are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. The consolidated assets, liabilities and results of operations prior to the Merger are those of Old LiveVox. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share available for common stockholders, prior to the Merger, have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Merger Agreement.

As a result of the Merger, the Company’s stockholders received shares of Class A common stock, with an aggregate value of $666.4 million, or $10.00 per share. Additionally, the Company received net cash proceeds of $157.6 million, net of transaction costs. The following table reconciles the elements of the Merger to the consolidated statements of cash flows and the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for the year ended December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands):


	Recapitalization
Cash proceeds from Crescent
Crescent’s cash in trust account	$	253,395
Crescent’s cash and cash equivalents		20
Less: redemptions		(155,372	)
Cash proceeds from PIPE Investment (1)		75,000
Cash proceeds from Forward Purchase Agreement (2)		25,000
Less: Cash payments to escrow		(2,000	)
Less: Cash payments to stockholder representative expense holdback		(100	)
Less: Cash payments of direct and incremental Merger transaction costs		(36,252	)

Net cash proceeds from Merger and PIPE financing reflected as financing cash flows		159,691
Cash payments of indirect or non-incremental Merger transaction costs		(2,085	)

Net cash proceeds from Merger and PIPE financing reflected as operating cash flows		(2,085	)

Net cash proceeds from Merger and PIPE financing		157,606
Merger transaction costs not impacting additional paid-in capital		2,085
Non-cash VCIP/OBIP stock bonus		32,637
Non-cash net assets assumed from Crescent		36
Non-cash offering cost associated with warrant liability (3)		41
Less: warrant liability		(2,008	)

Net contribution from Merger and PIPE financing	$	190,397

(1)

Proceeds of $75.0 million from the Company’s private placement of an aggregate of 7,500,000 shares of Class A common stock at a per share price of $10.00 (the “PIPE Investment”).

F-25

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)

Proceeds of $25.0 million from the Company’s private placement of an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Class A common stock at a per share price of $10.00 (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”).

(3)

Capitalized offering costs related to Forward Purchase Warrants which have been expensed in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

In connection with the Merger, the Company issued 74,962,092 shares of Class A common stock. Immediately following the Merger, there were 87,084,637 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock outstanding. The following table presents the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of the Closing Date (in thousands):


	Number of Shares
Class A common stock of Crescent, outstanding prior to Closing		24,988
Less: Redemption of Crescent Class A common stock		(15,321	)
Class A common stock issued in PIPE Investment (1)		7,500
Class A common stock issued under Forward Purchase Agreement (2)		2,500

Shares of Crescent common stock prior to Closing		19,667

Class F common stock of Crescent converted into Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis (3)		6,250
Less: cancellation of Class F common stock of Crescent		(2,925	)
Earn-Out Shares placed into an escrow account (4)		5,000
Recapitalization of Old LiveVox common stock into Class A common stock (5)		66,637


Shares of newly issued Class A common stock in connection with Closing		74,962
Shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of the Closing Date, including Escrowed Shares		94,629
Less: Escrowed Shares ⁽⁶⁾		(7,544	)

Total shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of the Closing Date, excluding Escrowed Shares		87,085

(1)

See footnote (1) to the preceding table.

(2)

See footnote (2) to the preceding table.

(3)

Includes a total of 2,543,750 shares of converted Class A common stock held by the SPAC sponsor and certain independent directors (the “Lock-Up Shares”) immediately following the closing, which were placed in an escrow account to be subject to release only if the price of Class A common stock trading on Nasdaq exceeds certain thresholds during the seven-year period beginning June 18, 2021. No contingent consideration shares were issued or released during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(4)

As additional consideration payable to the LiveVox Stockholder, the Company issued 5,000,000 shares of Class A common stock (the “Earn-Out Shares”) held in an escrow account to be released only if the price of Class A common stock trading on Nasdaq exceeds certain thresholds during the seven-year period beginning June 18, 2021. No contingent consideration shares were issued or released during the year ended December 31, 2021.

(5)

The number of Old LiveVox shares was determined from 1,000 shares of Old LiveVox common stock outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Merger converted at the exchange ratio of 66,637 established in the Merger.

(6)

2,543,750 Lock-Up Shares and 5,000,000 Earn-Out Shares (collectively, the “Escrowed Shares”) are accounted for as equity-classified equity instruments, were included as merger consideration as part of the Reverse Recapitalization, and are recorded in additional paid-in capital. Any Escrowed Shares not

F-26

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

released from escrow within the seven-year period beginning June 18, 2021 will be forfeited and canceled for no consideration. The Escrowed Shares are treated as equity-linked instruments as opposed to shares outstanding, and as such are not included in shares outstanding on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

In connection with the Merger, the Company incurred direct and incremental costs related to the equity issuance of approximately $4.5 million, including $2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, consisting primarily of filing, registration, listing, legal, accounting and other professional fees, which were deducted from the Company’s additional paid-in capital as a reduction of cash proceeds rather than expensed as incurred. In addition, the Company incurred $2.0 million in costs, including $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2021, related to accounting, investor relations and other fees. Since these costs were not incremental or directly attributable to the Merger, they were expensed as incurred and recorded to operating expenses within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

4.	Acquisition

BusinessPhone

Asset Acquisition

On February 5, 2021 (the “Asset Acquisition Date”), the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement (the “Acquisition Agreement”) with the shareholders of BusinessPhone.com, a reseller of enterprise-grade Cloud Contact Center and Voice Over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) telephony solutions, for the purchase of the entire share capital of BusinessPhone. The total consideration transferred is contingent upon the Company’s earnout revenue set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, up to a maximum cash consideration of $7.0 million that was due by September 2021. Before the acquisition, BusinessPhone had been owned by IQ Ventures, which sold SpeechIQ LLC to LiveVox on December 16, 2019. In connection with the acquisition of BusinessPhone, the $1.1 million holdback related to the acquisition of SpeechIQ LLC was released, net of holdback adjustments. The Company completed this acquisition primarily to obtain access to BusinessPhone’s knowledge and Unified Communications as a Service expertise.

In accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, the Company determined that substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired was concentrated in a single identifiable asset, which was customer relationships. Accordingly, the acquired set of assets and activities did not meet the definition of a business. As a result, the Company accounted for the acquisition of BusinessPhone as an asset acquisition as opposed to a business combination and allocated the cost of the asset acquisition, including transaction costs, to identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on a relative fair value basis.

As of the Asset Acquisition Date, the total cost of the asset acquisition amounted to $7.0 million, of which $6.0 million of contingent consideration was not paid to BusinessPhone’s shareholders. The Company determined that the contingent consideration was not subject to derivative accounting. As a result, the Company allocated the excess fair value of the net assets acquired over the initial consideration transferred to the identifiable net assets (excluding non-qualifying assets) based on their relative fair values on the Asset Acquisition Date. The fair value of identifiable intangible assets acquired was based on estimates and assumptions made by management using the income, market and cost approaches. The following tables

F-27

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

present the total cost of the asset acquisition and the allocation to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their relative fair value at the Asset Acquisition Date (dollars in thousands):


	Amount
Cost of the asset acquisition
Base purchase price	$	750
Contingent consideration		5,969
Direct transaction costs		284

Total cost of the asset acquisition	$	7,003


	Amount
Assets acquired
Cash and cash equivalents	$	784
Restricted cash		826
Accounts receivable, net		696
Deposits and other		78
Property and equipment, net		76
Intangible assets, net:
Customer relationships		5,600
Acquired workforce		380

Total assets acquired		8,440

Liabilities assumed
Accounts payable		439
Accrued expenses and other		182
Short-term debt		816

Total liabilities assumed		1,437

Net identifiable assets acquired	$	7,003

The identified intangible assets acquired as part of this asset acquisition were customer relationships and acquired workforce at their allocated cost of $5.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, with their estimated useful lives of 10 years and 10 years, respectively. The intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis.

As of December 31, 2021, the final amount of consideration is determined to be $7.4 million which is based on the terms of the Acquisition Agreement. Since the contingency is resolved and the consideration is paid in full as of December 31, 2021, the amount of contingent consideration liability as of December 31, 2021 was reduced to zero. Since the measurement period is not applicable to an asset acquisition, there has been no adjustment to the cost basis of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

F-28

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

5.	Revenue

Contract

Balance

The following table provides information about accounts receivable, net, and contract liabilities from contracts with customers. The Company did not have any contract assets as of December 31, 2021 or December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Accounts receivable, net	$	20,128	$	13,817
Contract liabilities, current (deferred revenue)		1,307		1,140
Contract liabilities, non-current (deferred revenue)		456		237

Changes in the contract liabilities balances are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020		$ Change
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)	$	1,762	$	1,377	$	385

The increase in deferred revenue was due to billings in advance of performance obligations being satisfied, net of revenue recognized for services rendered during the period. Revenue of $1.2 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2021 which was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period, and revenue of $0.7 million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020 which was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of the period.

Remaining

Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations represent the contracted minimum usage commitments and do not include an estimate of additional usage in excess of contractual minimum commitments. The Company’s contract terms typically range from one to three years. Revenue as of December 31, 2021 that has not yet been recognized was approximately $160.2 million, of which $80.2 million and $80.0 million is expected to be recognized as revenue within one year and beyond one year, respectively. The Company expects to recognize revenue on the remaining performance obligations over the next 66 months.

6.	Marketable Securities

The Company invested in various debt securities in the year ended December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, the Company designated these investments as AFS debt securities and did not have any debt securities classified as HTM or trading. As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not hold any debt securities.

F-29

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The following table presents the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of the Company’s debt securities at December 31, 2021 aggregated by major security type (dollars in thousands):


	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gain		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value
U.S. corporate securities	$	39,370	$	5	$	(154	)	$	39,221
U.S. government securities		2,997		—		(1	)		2,996
Asset-backed securities		6,439		1		(22	)		6,418
Other debt securities		745		—		(6	)		739

Total available for sale securities		49,551		6		(183	)		49,374

Total debt securities	$	49,551	$	6	$	(183	)	$	49,374

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of the Company’s debt securities by contractual maturities at December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands):


As of December 31, 2021	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	8,858	$	8,847
Due after one year through five years		40,693		40,527

Total available for sale securities		49,551		49,374

Total debt securities	$	49,551	$	49,374

Refer to Note 21 for additional information regarding the fair value measurements of the Company’s marketable securities.

Proceeds from sales of debt securities and the associated gains and losses during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are listed below (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Available for sale debt securities:
Proceeds from sales of debt securities	$	1,250	$	—	$	—
Gross realized gains		4		—		—
Gross realized losses		—		—		—

Gains and losses on sales of debt securities are recorded on the trade date in other income (expense), net, and determined using the specific identification method. There were no transfers of debt securities from AFS category into other categories during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

The Company reviewed its debt securities to identify and evaluate investments that have indications of possible impairment. Factors considered in determining whether a loss is other-than-temporary include the length of time and extent to which fair value has been less than the cost basis, credit quality and its ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. The Company has determined that the unrealized losses for debt securities at December 31, 2021 were temporary in nature and did not consider any debt securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired. The Company will continue to assess whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired at every reporting period (i.e., on quarterly basis). The following table presents the amortized cost and fair

F-30

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

value of the Company’s debt securities that are in an unrealized loss position and for which an other-than-temporary impairment has not been recognized in earnings at December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands):


	In Unrealized Loss Position ForLess Than 12 Months					In Unrealized Loss Position For12 Months Or Longer
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
U.S. corporate securities	$	35,961	$	(154	)	$	—	$	—
U.S. government securities		2,996		(1	)		—		—
Asset-backed securities		4,938		(22	)		—		—
Other debt securities		739		(6	)		—		—

Total available for sale securities		44,634		(183	)		—		—

Total debt securities	$	44,634	$	(183	)	$	—	$	—

7.	Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Computer software	$	1,253		$	1,226
Computer equipment		9,063			7,965
Furniture and fixtures		1,181			1,152
Leasehold improvements		1,478			1,064

Total		12,975			11,407
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(9,965	)		(7,902	)

Property and equipment, net	$	3,010		$	3,505

Depreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 totaled $2.1 million, $1.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Amortization of computer software charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and is included in depreciation expense.

8.	Goodwill and Identified Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill was recorded as a result of the acquisition of the Company in 2014 by funds affiliated with Golden Gate Capital and the acquisitions made by the Company in 2019 of Teckst Inc. and SpeechIQ LLC.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test. The Company elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to the quantitative impairment test. Based on its quantitative impairment test, the Company’s management concluded that the fair value of the reporting unit was not less than its carrying amount as of October 1, 2021. As such, no impairment charge was recognized. Subsequent to the 2021 annual impairment test, the Company believes there have been no significant events or circumstances negatively affecting the valuation of goodwill. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, there was no impairment to the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill.

F-31

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Balance, beginning of period	$	47,481	$	47,461
Addition		—		20

Balance, end of period	$	47,481	$	47,481

Identified

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets were acquired in connection with the acquisition of the Company in March 2014 by Golden Gate Capital, and the Company’s acquisition of Teckst Inc., SpeechIQ LLC and BusinessPhone in October 2019, December 2019, and February 2021, respectively.

Amortization expense related to the Company’s identified intangible assets was $4.5 million, $4.2 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On the face of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss the amortization of technology-based intangible assets is included within cost of revenue, the amortization of marketing-based and customer-based intangible assets are included within sales and marketing expense, and the amortization of the acquired workforce is included within cost of revenue and research and development expense.

Identified intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands):


	Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Remaining Life (In Years)
Marketing-based	$	1,400	$	(1,253	)	$	147		1.96
Technology-based		18,300		(15,791	)		2,509		2.01
Customer-based		27,700		(10,506	)		17,194		8.37
Workforce-based		380		(35	)		345		9.10

	$	47,780	$	(27,585	)	$	20,195

Identified intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	Cost		Accumulated Amortization			Carrying Amount		Weighted Average Remaining Life (In Years)
Marketing-based	$	1,400	$	(1,144	)	$	256		2.59
Technology-based		18,300		(13,484	)		4,816		2.56
Customer-based		22,100		(8,484	)		13,616		9.05

	$	41,800	$	(23,112	)	$	18,688

F-32

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Future amortization of identified intangible assets at December 31, 2021 is shown below (dollars in thousands):


As of December 31, 2021	Amount
2022	$	3,479
2023		3,189
2024		2,328
2025		2,114
2026 and beyond		9,085

Total future identified intangible asset amortization	$	20,195

9.	Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Accrued bonuses	$	3,580	$	3,602
Accrued paid time off		2,802		2,240
Accrued commissions		2,748		1,036
Other accrued expenses		4,725		4,789

Total accrued expenses	$	13,855	$	11,667

10.

Leases

The Company accounts for operating leases and finance leases in accordance with U.S. GAAP, pursuant to ASC 842, Leases.

The Company has leases for offices, data centers and other computer and networking equipment that expire at various dates through 2027. The Company’s leases have remaining terms of one to six years, and some of the leases include a Company option to extend the leases. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company has elected the practical expedient on not separating lease components from non-lease components for right-of-use assets.

The components of lease expenses were as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Operating lease cost	$	2,059	$	1,515	$	—

Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets	$	462	$	534	$	522
Interest on lease liabilities		16		59		119

Total finance lease cost	$	478	$	593	$	641

F-33

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash used in operating leases	$	2,104	$	1,608	$	—
Financing cash used in finance leases		408		810		1,022
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations:
Operating leases	$	3,246	$	997	$	—
Finance leases		—		74		403

Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases was as follows (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Operating Leases
Operating lease right-of-use assets	$	5,483		$	3,858

Operating lease liabilities:
Operating lease liabilities—current	$	1,946		$	1,353
Operating lease liabilities—less current portion		4,046			3,088

Total operating lease liabilities	$	5,992		$	4,441

Finance Leases
Property and equipment, gross	$	2,182		$	2,182
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(1,621	)		(1,159	)

Property and equipment, net	$	561		$	1,023

Finance lease liabilities:
Finance lease liabilities—current	$	26		$	392
Finance lease liabilities—less current portion		11			38

Total finance lease liabilities	$	37		$	430

Weighted average remaining terms were as follows:


	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
Weighted average remaining lease term
Operating Leases		3.58 years		3.64 years
Finance Leases		1.67 years		1.05 years

F-34

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Weighted average discount rates were as follows:


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Weighted average discount rate
Operating Leases		8.1	%		6.9	%
Finance Leases		7.5	%		7.6	%

Maturities of lease liabilities were as follows (dollars in thousands):


As of December 31, 2021	Operating Leases			Finance Leases
2022	$	2,301		$	28
2023		1,880			11
2024		1,168			—
2025		997			—
2026 and beyond		429			—

Total lease payments		6,775			39
Less: imputed interest		(783	)		(2	)

Total	$	5,992		$	37

As of December 31, 2021, the Company did not have any operating leases that had not yet commenced.

11.

Borrowings Under Term Loan and Line of Credit

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, term loan borrowings were as follows (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Total term loan obligations	$	55,020		$	56,044
Less: current portion of term loan		(561	)		(1,440	)

Long-term term loan obligations	$	54,459		$	54,604

On February 28, 2018, LiveVox entered into an amendment to its term loan and revolving credit facility with PNC Bank originally dated November 7, 2016 (as amended, the “Credit Facility”) to provide for a $45.0 million term loan, a $5.0 million line of credit and a $1.5 million letter of credit sub-facility.

The Credit Facility is collateralized by a first-priority perfected security interest in substantially all the assets of the Company and is subject to certain financial covenants before and after a covenant conversion date. Covenant conversion may be elected early by the Company if certain criteria are met, including, but not limited to meeting fixed charge coverage and liquidity ratio targets as of the most recent twelve-month period. Prior to the covenant conversion date, the Company is required to maintain minimum levels of liquidity and recurring revenue. As of the covenant conversion date, the Company is required to maintain the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio (each as defined in the Credit Facility) measured on a quarter-end basis for the four-quarter period ending on each such date through the end of the agreement.

The Company may elect that the term and revolving loans bear interest under a base rate or a LIBOR rate definition within the Credit Facility. LIBOR interest elections are for one, two or three-month periods. Loans are termed as either a Base Rate loan or LIBOR Rate loan and can be a combination of both.

F-35

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

On December 16, 2019, the Company amended the Credit Facility, increasing the term loan borrowing therein by $13.9 million to $57.6 million and amending certain terms and conditions. The amendment to the Credit Facility reset the minimum recurring revenue covenant and qualified cash amounts through December 31, 2021 and extended the quarterly measurement dates through September 30, 2023 and the maturity date to November 7, 2023. The amendment to the Credit Facility also reset the mandatory covenant commencement date of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio to March 31, 2022 and reset the applicable ratio amounts. Under the Credit Facility, principal on the term loan was to be repaid in quarterly installments of $0.3 million beginning on March 31, 2020 through December 31, 2020, $0.4 million on March 31, 2021 through December 31, 2021, and $0.7 million on each quarter thereafter.

On August 2, 2021, the Company further amended the Credit Facility, extending the maturity date to December 31, 2025. The amendment to the Credit Facility reset the minimum recurring revenue covenant amounts through December 31, 2025 and extended the quarterly measurement dates through September 30, 2025. The amendment to the Credit Facility also removed the mandatory covenant commencement date of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Leverage Ratio and the applicable ratio amounts. Under the Credit Facility, principal on the term loan is to be repaid in quarterly installments of $0.1 million beginning on September 30, 2021 through March 31, 2023, $0.3 million on June 30, 2023 through March 31, 2024, and $0.5 million on June 30, 2024 through March 31, 2025, and $0.7 million on each quarter thereafter. All other terms and conditions of the original Credit Facility remain in effect. Term loan repayments made by the Company totaled $1.0 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

LiveVox, Inc. will account for previously deferred original issue discount and loan fees in the amount of $0.3 million related to the original Credit Facility dated November 7, 2016, first amendment to the Credit Facility dated February 28, 2018, and third amendment to Credit Facility dated December 16, 2019, by amortizing and recording to interest expense over the remaining term of the amended credit agreement using the effective interest method. The additional original issue discount related to the seventh amendment to Credit Facility dated August 2, 2021 in the amount of $0.2 million is being amortized as an adjustment of interest expense over the amended Credit Facility using the effective interest method. Third party loan fees totaling $0.1 million associated with the $13.9 million increase of the term loan related to the third amendment to Credit Facility are expensed upon close of the loan. Total unamortized loan costs associated with the term loan totaled $0.4 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively and are recorded within term loan, net of current. The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2021 and 2020 and was in compliance with all debt covenants as of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements. There was no unused borrowing capacity under the term loan portion of the Credit Facility at December 31, 2021 and 2020. On March 17, 2020, as a precautionary measure to ensure financial flexibility and maintain maximum liquidity in response to COVID-19 pandemic, the Company drew down approximately $4.7 million under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility, which was repaid in full by the Company in connection with the Merger.

Aggregate principal maturities of the term loan as of December 31, 2021 was as follows (dollars in thousands):


As of December 31, 2021	Amount to Mature
2022	$	561
2023		982
2024		1,753
2025		52,158

Total	$	55,454

F-36

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The net carrying amount of the liability component of the term loan was as follows (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Principal	$	55,454		$	56,454
Unamortized issuance costs		(434	)		(410	)

Net carrying amount	$	55,020		$	56,044

12.

Letters of Credit

On November 8, 2016, the Company established an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $0.3 million using a sub-facility under the Credit Facility, to serve as a security deposit for the Company’s San Francisco office. The letter of credit automatically extends for one-year periods from the expiration date, September 10, 2017, unless written notice is presented to the beneficiary at least 60 days prior to the expiration date. During 2017, the Company expanded its San Francisco office with lease terms that required an additional $0.1 million deposit. On April 26, 2017, the Company’s irrevocable letter of credit was amended, increasing the total amount to $0.5 million and providing for decreases in the letter of credit as specified in the lease, in the amount of $0.1 million on each of the following dates: February 1, 2019, February 3, 2020, February 1, 2021 and February 1, 2022. All other terms and conditions remained the same.

13.

Related Party Transactions

Prior to the closing of the Merger, Old LiveVox paid quarterly management fees plus reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of Old LiveVox to funds affiliated with Golden Gate Capital, its majority shareholder pre-Merger. During the year ended December 31, 2021, management fees, expense reimbursements and acquisition related expenses were immaterial. As of December 31, 2021, there was no unpaid balance. During the year ended December 31, 2020, management fees totaled $0.5 million and there were no expense reimbursements or acquisition-related expenses. As of December 31, 2020, there was no unpaid balance. During the year ended December 31, 2019, management fees, expense reimbursements and acquisition related expenses totaled $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of which $0.5 million was unpaid as of December 31, 2019.

The Company pays monthly board of director fees plus reimbursement of expenses incurred on behalf of the Company to members of the Company’s board of directors. During the year ended December 31, 2021, board of director fees totaled $0.6 million and expense reimbursements were immaterial. As discussed in Note 2(x), in connection with the Merger, the VCIP awards granted to the board of directors were liquidated, which resulted in $4.1 million expenses related to the board of directors for the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company also granted RSUs to directors under the 2021 Plan. During the year ended December 31, 2021, stock-based compensation expense relating to the RSU awards to the board of directors totaled $0.2 million. As of December 31, 2021, the unpaid balance of board of director fees due to related parties was immaterial. During the year ended December 31, 2020, board of director fees totaled $0.5 million and there were no expense reimbursements or expenses relating to the VCIP awards granted to the board of directors. As of December 31, 2020, there was no unpaid balance of board of director fees due to related parties. During the year ended December 31, 2019, board of director fees totaled $0.5 million and there were no expense reimbursements. The Company also performed a one-time management liquidity program, in which vested VCIP awards were liquidated and paid out, which resulted in $0.3 million in related expenses incurred to a director of the board. As of December 31, 2019, there was no unpaid balance of board of director fees due to related parties.

F-37

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

There were no related party accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

14.

Stock Warrants

Public

and Forward Purchase Warrants

Immediately following the Merger, LiveVox assumed 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants and 12,499,995 Public Warrants that had been previously issued by Crescent. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustments. The Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants, in whole and not in part, upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (“Redemption Period”). For purposes of the redemption, “Redemption Price” shall mean the last reported sales price of the Company’s common stock for any twenty trading days within the thirty trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of the redemption is given.

The Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants for cash at a price of $0.01 per warrant if the Reference Value equals or exceeds $18.00 per share. The warrant holders have the right to exercise their outstanding warrants prior to the scheduled redemption date during the Redemption Period at $11.50 per share. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, the Company will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis”, as described in the warrant agreement.

The Forward Purchase Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants except that the Forward Purchase Warrants were not transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after June 18, 2021, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Forward Purchase Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Forward Purchase Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees then such warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by the warrant holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.

As of December 31, 2021, there were 13,333,328 Warrants outstanding, and no Warrants have been exercised.

15.

Stockholders’ Equity

Common

Stock

On June 22, 2021, the Company’s Class A common stock, publicly traded warrants and publicly traded units began trading on Nasdaq under the ticker symbols “LVOX”, “LVOXW” and “LVOXU,” respectively. Pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2021, the Company had 90,696,977 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding (98,240,727 shares of common stock, less 7,543,750 of which are held in escrow).

In connection with the Merger consummated on June 18, 2021, the Company issued 74,962,092 shares of Class A common stock. See Note 3 for more information. On November 2, 2021, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company issued 33,609 shares of Class A common stock valued at $336,097 to LiveVox TopCo as part of the post-closing adjustment of merger consideration required as part of the Merger. After the Merger, the Company issued additional shares of Class A common stock of 3,578,731 for the equity portion of VCIP and OBIP awards that fully vested in connection with the Merger but were undelivered at the time of the Merger.

F-38

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Prior to the Merger, Old LiveVox had 1,000 outstanding shares of common stock. Upon the Closing, holders of these outstanding common stock received shares of the Company’s Class A common stock in an amount determined by application of the exchange ratio, as discussed in Note 3. After converting the prior period share amounts retrospectively, 500,000,000 shares of common stock were authorized, and 66,637,092 shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

The accumulated other comprehensive loss and accumulated deficit is included in stockholders’ equity. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $0.5 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The Company’s accumulated deficit totaled $128.0 million and $24.8 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the Company is authorized to issue 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2021, no shares of LiveVox preferred stock were issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2020, no shares of preferred stock were authorized, issued and outstanding.

16.

Analysis of the Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) includes foreign currency translation items associated with the Company’s foreign operations and unrealized gain or loss on the Company’s marketable securities available for sale. Following is an analysis of the changes in the accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes, at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2020
	Foreign currency translation adjustment			Unrealized loss on marketable securities		Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance, beginning of period	$	(218	)	$	—	$	(218	)
Other comprehensive income		12			—		12

Balance, end of period	$	(206	)	$	—	$	(206	)


	December 31, 2021
	Foreign currency translation adjustment			Unrealized loss on marketable securities			Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
Balance, beginning of period	$	(206	)	$	—		$	(206	)
Other comprehensive loss		(94	)		(177	)		(271	)

Balance, end of period	$	(300	)	$	(177	)	$	(477	)

F-39

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Components of other comprehensive income (loss) and related taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021								2020						2019
	Before tax			Tax effect		Net of tax			Before tax		Tax effect		Net of tax		Before tax			Tax effect			Net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustment	$	(94	)	$	—	$	(94	)	$	11	$	1	$	12	$	(47	)	$	(1	)	$	(48	)
Unrealized loss on marketable securities		(177	)		—		(177	)		—		—		—		—			—			—

Total other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(271	)	$	—	$	(271	)	$	11	$	1	$	12	$	(47	)	$	(1	)	$	(48	)

17.

Stock-Based Compensation

The following tables present the Company’s stock-based compensation expense by award type and financial statement line for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Equity-classified awards:
MIUs	$	556	$	556	$	—
RSUs—employee (1)		2,949		—		—
RSUs—nonemployee (2)		12		—		—
PSUs—employee (1)		388		—		—

Total equity-classified awards		3,905		556		—

Total stock-based compensation	$	3,905	$	556	$	—

(1)

Represents awards granted to employees, executive officers and directors of the Company. Nonemployee directors acting in their role as members of a board of directors are treated as employees if (a) those directors were elected by the Company’s shareholders and (b) the awards granted to nonemployee directors are for their services as directors but not for other services.

(2)

Represents awards granted to consultants of the Company.


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Cost of revenue	$	500	$	57	$	—
Sales and marketing expense		865		113		—
General and administrative expense		1,169		273		—
Research and development expense		1,371		113		—

Total stock-based compensation	$	3,905	$	556	$	—

F-40

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2021, unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested awards by award type and their expected weighted-average recognition periods are summarized in the following table (dollars in thousands):


	Unrecognized Stock-based Compensation Expense		Weighted- average Recognition Period (1)
Equity-classified awards:
MIUs	$	1,668		3.00 years
RSUs—employee		29,014		3.53 years
RSUs—nonemployee		115		3.47 years
PSUs—employee		10,097		10.43 years

Total equity-classified awards		40,894

Total unrecognized stock-based compensation	$	40,894

(1)

The weighted-average recognition period is calculated as the sum of the weighted remaining period to recognize expense for nonvested awards divided by the sum of the shares that are expected to vest for all awards that have not vested or expired by the end of the reporting period. For awards that the straight-line method is used for expense recognition, the remaining recognition period is the amount of time between the end of the reporting period and the end of the entire award. For awards that the accelerated attribution method is used for expense recognition, the remaining recognition period is the amount of time between the end of the reporting period and the end of each separately vesting portion of the award.

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

The Compensation Committee of the Company approved 5,091,331 RSU and 1,611,875 PSU awards in the year ended December 31, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, 109,862 unvested RSUs were forfeited upon the grantee’s termination of service, and 4,981,469 RSUs and 1,611,875 PSUs were outstanding.

Restricted Stock Units

As of December 31, 2021, all RSUs granted to employees and nonemployees are classified as equity.

RSU activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 are summarized as follows (in thousands, except for per share data):


	Equity-classified RSUs - employee
	Number of Shares			Weighted- average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (1)
Outstanding at December 31, 2020		—		$	—
Granted		5,072			6.44
Vested		—			—
Forfeited		(110	)		6.33

Outstanding at December 31, 2021		4,962		$	6.44		1.86 years

F-41

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


	Equity-classified RSUs - nonemployee
	Number of Shares		Weighted- average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (1)
Outstanding at December 31, 2020		—	$	—
Granted		20		6.51
Vested		—		—
Forfeited		—		—

Outstanding at December 31, 2021		20	$	6.51		1.69 years

(1)

The weighted-average remaining contractual term is calculated as the sum of the weighted amount of time between the reporting period end and the vest date divided by the sum of the shares that are outstanding, expected to vest or currently exercisable by the end of the reporting period.

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units

As of December 31, 2021, all PSUs granted to employees are classified as equity.

As discussed in Note 2(x), the Company estimates the fair value of the PSUs at each measurement date by using a Monte Carlo simulation. The key inputs used in the Monte Carlo simulation are disclosed in the table below. The stock price is based on the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on Nasdaq as of the valuation date. The volatility input is estimated using the volatility of Company’s peer companies as well as the Company’s own implied volatility. The expected life of the PSUs 30 years and all PSUs are assumed to be fully vested at the end of year 30. The risk-free interest rate is based on the Thirty-year Constant Maturity Treasury Rate. The vesting hurdles are set forth in the PSU agreement.

The weighted average assumptions (weighted by relative grant date fair value) used to value PSUs during the periods presented are as follows:


	December 31, 2021
Stock price	$	6.13
Measurement period		30.00 years
Expected volatility		47.50	%
Risk-free rate		1.89	%
Vesting hurdle 1	$	12.50
Vesting hurdle 2	$	15.00
Vesting hurdle 3	$	17.50

F-42

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

PSU activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 are summarized as follows (in thousands, except for per share data):


	Equity-classified PSUs - employee
	Number of Shares		Weighted- average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (1)
Outstanding at December 31, 2020		—	$	—
Granted		1,612		6.50
Vested		—		—
Forfeited		—		—

Outstanding at December 31, 2021		1,612	$	6.50		10.43 years

(1)

Management Incentive Units

As discussed in Note 2(x), stock-based compensation for MIUs is measured based on the grant date fair value of the award estimated by using a Monte Carlo simulation. Assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation are disclosed in the table below. The holding period is the expected period until a major liquidity event is expected to occur. The expected volatility assumption is based on the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies. The discount for lack of marketability is driven by (i) the assumed participation threshold as outlined in the agreements governing the MIUs and (ii) the assumed holding period of two years. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the awards is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues at the time of grant.

The weighted average assumptions (weighted by relative grant date fair value) used to value MIUs during the periods presented are as follows:


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020			December 31, 2019
Holding period		2.00 years			2.00 years			2.00 years
Volatility		45.0	%		45.0	%		45.0	%
Discount for lack of marketability		28.0	%		28.0	%		28.0	%
Risk-free rate		1.6	%		1.6	%		1.6	%

F-43

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

MIU activities for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are summarized as follows (in thousands, except for per share data):


	Number of Shares			Weighted- average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)		Weighted- average Remaining Contractual Term (1)
Outstanding at December 31, 2018		—		$	—
Granted		3,518			0.79
Vested		—			—
Forfeited		—			—

Outstanding at December 31, 2019		3,518		$	0.79
Granted		—			—
Vested		—			—
Forfeited		—			—

Outstanding at December 31, 2020		3,518		$	0.79
Granted		—			—
Vested		(704	)		0.79
Forfeited		—			—

Outstanding at December 31, 2021		2,814		$	0.79		1.50 years

(1)

18.

Geographic Information

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table disaggregates the Company’s revenue by geographic area for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 (dollars in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
United States	$	111,836	$	97,034	$	90,522
Americas (excluding United States)		2,808		1,870		1,227
Asia		4,450		3,509		864
Europe		137		132		142

Total revenue	$	119,231	$	102,545	$	92,755

F-44

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Property and Equipment

The following table summarizes total property and equipment, net in the respective locations at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021		December 31, 2020
United States	$	1,989	$	3,174
Americas (excluding United States)		367		192
Asia		654		139

Property and equipment, net	$	3,010	$	3,505

The geographical location of the Company’s customers affects the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows due to the potential for unfavorable and uncertain regulatory, political, economic and tax conditions. These uncertainties can impact the amount of revenue recognized through price adjustments and uncertainty of cash flows that may arise due to local regulations.

19.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes charged to operations consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 (dollars in thousands):


	2021			2020			2019
Current tax expense:
Federal	$	—		$	(2	)	$	(2	)
State		47			8			188
Foreign		310			317			251

Total current tax expense		357			323			437

Deferred tax expense:
Federal		3			2			2
State		(186	)		(124	)		(282	)
Foreign		(8	)		(5	)		(8	)

Total deferred tax benefit		(191	)		(127	)		(288	)

Provision for income taxes	$	166		$	196		$	149

F-45

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

A reconciliation between the Company’s federal statutory tax rate and its effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is as follows:


	2021			2020			2019
Federal statutory tax rate		21.00	%		21.00	%		21.00	%
State tax, net of federal benefit		3.01	%		3.93	%		0.55	%
Meals and entertainment		(0.11	)%		(1.07	)%		(1.69	)%
Global intangible low-taxed income inclusion		(0.07	)%		(2.41	)%		(1.07	)%
Nondeductible stock-based compensation		(0.11	)%		(2.83	)%		0.00	%
Nondeductible compensation		(2.15	)%		0.00	%		0.00	%
Transaction costs		(2.61	)%		0.00	%		0.00	%
Prior year provision to return true-up		0.16	%		(2.13	)%		(1.16	)%
Change in valuation allowance		(19.20	)%		(18.90	)%		(19.94	)%
Foreign tax differential and permanent items		(0.07	)%		(2.27	)%		0.07	%
Other		(0.01	)%		(0.08	)%		(0.06	)%

Effective tax rate		(0.16	)%		(4.76	)%		(2.30	)%

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	2021			2020
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward	$	26,828		$	9,779
SPAC Transaction		944			—
Compensation accruals		1,326			675
Share based compensation		807			—
Foreign tax credits		487			552
Bad debt reserve		319			321
Interest expense limitation		1,080			274
Lease liability		1,489			1,119
Other		398			265

Total deferred tax assets		33,678			12,985
Deferred tax liabilities:
Capitalized commissions		(2,346	)		(1,192	)
Right-of-use asset		(1,363	)		(972	)
Other intangibles amortization		(2,447	)		(3,423	)
Other		(274	)		(168	)

Total deferred tax liabilities		(6,430	)		(5,755	)
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance		27,248			7,230
Valuation allowance		(27,250	)		(7,423	)

Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(2	)	$	(193	)

At December 31, 2021, the Company had available federal and combined state net operating loss carryforwards which may offset future taxable income of $23.5 million and $95.5 million, respectively. The federal net operating losses expire between 2026 and 2035 while the state net operating losses expire between 2025 and 2041. In addition, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards at

F-46

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2021, of $72.4 million and $20.4 million, respectively, which do not expire. There were insufficient federal and state deferred tax liabilities to offset the federal and state deferred tax assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020; therefore, based on this and other available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the net federal and state deferred tax assets of LiveVox will not be fully realized and has recorded valuation allowances in the amounts of $27.3 million and $7.4 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Past ownership changes and other equity transactions have triggered Section 382 and 383 provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, resulting in certain annual limitations on the utilization of existing federal and state net operating losses and credits. Such provisions may limit the potential future tax benefit to be realized by the Company from its accumulated net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

Historically, the Company had not accrued a provision for U.S. deferred taxes or foreign withholding taxes on undistributed earnings of the Company’s wholly owned foreign subsidiaries because it was the intention of management to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in foreign operations. Undistributed earnings are generally no longer subject to U.S. tax upon repatriation beginning January 1, 2018; however, undistributed earnings remain subject to certain state income and foreign withholding taxes. It remains the intention of management to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in foreign operations. The Company also believes that any such state income or foreign withholding taxes would be immaterial.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act was enacted and signed into law. The CARES Act contained certain income tax relief provisions, including a modification to the limitation of business interest expense for tax years beginning in 2019 and 2020. The modification to the interest expense limitation increased the allowable business interest deduction from 30% of adjusted taxable income to 50% of adjusted taxable income for 2019 and 2020. This modification resulted in the allowance of additional interest expense for the Company, resulting in an increase in its 2020 net operating loss carryforwards. The Company does not anticipate any further material tax impacts from the CARES Act.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions, India and Colombia. The tax returns are subject to statutes of limitations that vary by jurisdiction. At December 31, 2021, the Company remains subject to U.S. and certain state income tax examinations for tax years 2018 through 2021, and in certain other states for tax years 2017 through 2021. However, due to the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards in various jurisdictions, tax authorities have the ability to adjust carryforwards related to closed years.

20.

Retirement Benefit Plan

The Company amended its existing 401(k) plan (the “Plan”) effective on July 1, 2018. The amended Plan covers eligible employees immediately upon employment with the Company. Participants may contribute up to a maximum percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan as determined by the Company limited to the maximum annual amount set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Plan provides for traditional tax-deferred and Roth 401(k) contribution options. Prior to the Plan amendment, the Company did not provide a matching contribution. The Company began matching fifty percent of the employee contribution up to a maximum of two-hundred dollars per pay period, limited to forty-eight hundred dollars annually, upon adoption of the Plan. One hundred percent of the employer match vests immediately. The Company made matching contributions totaling $1.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

F-47

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

21.

Fair Value Measurement

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities at December 31, 2021 (dollars in thousands):


	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Totals
Cash and cash equivalents	$	47,217	$	—	$	—	$	47,217
Restricted cash		100		—		—		100
Marketable securities		—		49,374		—		49,374

Total assets	$	47,317	$	49,374	$	—	$	96,691

Term loan	$	—	$	55,020	$	—	$	55,020
Finance lease obligations		—		37		—		37
Warrant liability—Forward Purchase Warrants		—		—		767		767

Total liabilities	$	—	$	55,057	$	767	$	55,824

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities at December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands):


	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Totals
Cash and cash equivalents	$	18,098	$	—	$	—	$	18,098
Restricted cash		1,468		—		—		1,468

Total assets	$	19,566	$	—	$	—	$	19,566

Term loan	$	—	$	56,044	$	—	$	56,044
Finance lease obligations		—		430		—		430
VCIP/OBIP liability		—		—		286		286

Total liabilities	$	—	$	56,474	$	286	$	56,760

Level 1 and Level 2 of the Fair Value Hierarchy

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying amounts of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash approximate their fair values due to their short maturities and has been classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the term loan and finance lease obligations approximate their carrying value. The fair value is determined based on observable inputs on the price of the term loan in the market and has been classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair value of the Company’s AFS debt securities are determined based on valuations provided by external investment managers who obtain them from a variety of industry standard data providers and has been classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 6 for additional information regarding the fair value of the Company’s marketable securities.

Level 3 of the Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company’s liability related to the Forward Purchase Warrants is measured at fair value on a recurring basis and is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. There were no other assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021.

F-48

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Warrant liability—Forward Purchase Warrants

As discussed in Note 2(z), 833,333 Forward Purchase Warrants were issued pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement dated January 13, 2021 between Crescent and Old LiveVox. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Company concluded that the Forward Purchase Warrants do not meet the derivative scope exception and are accounted for as derivative liabilities. The Forward Purchase Warrants are classified as Level 3 fair value measurement. The Company employed a Black-Scholes option pricing model specific to the contractual terms of the Forward Purchase Warrants to determine their fair value at each reporting period, with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Inherent in the options pricing model are assumptions related to current stock price, exercise price, expected share price volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The stock price is based on the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock on Nasdaq as of the valuation date. The exercise price is based on the terms of the warrant agreement. The volatility input is estimated using the implied volatility of the Public Warrants and the volatility of the Company’s peer companies. The expected life of the Forward Purchase Warrants is based on the time from valuation date to the contractual expiration date. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of issuance for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities corresponding to the expected five-year term. The dividend rate is based on the historical rate, which the Company anticipates to remain at zero. Future change in these assumptions could result in a material change to the fair value of the Forward Purchase Warrants, and such changes will be recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The following table provides quantitative information regarding assumptions used in the Black Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the Forward Purchase Warrants:


	December 31, 2021			June 18, 2021 (Closing Date)
Stock price	$	5.15		$	9.12
Exercise price	$	11.50		$	11.50
Contractual term		4.50 years			5.00 years
Expected volatility		47.50	%		37.50	%
Risk-free rate		1.20	%		0.90	%
Dividend yield		0.00	%		0.00	%

Transfers Out of the Level 3 Fair Value Measurement

The Company’s VCIP and OBIP accrued liability has historically been classified as Level 3 with the fair value hierarchy. The Old LiveVox board of directors, with assistance of management, has estimated the fair value of VCIP and OBIP accrued liability at each reporting period by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, actual results and financial performance, the conditions in the CCaaS industry and the economy in general, volatility of comparable public companies, among other factors.

As discussed in Note 2(x), on June 18, 2021, the Company consummated the previously announced Merger between Old LiveVox and Crescent, in which all outstanding VCIP and OBIP awards were fully vested. The VCIP and OBIP awards were paid to the plan participants in a combination of cash awards and equity awards. The cash portion of the awards was recorded to accrued liability for unpaid cash awards, and the stock portion of the awards was recorded to additional paid-in capital for undelivered equity shares. The fair value of the VCIP and OBIP accrued liability for unpaid cash awards was determined based on the terms of the respective VCIP and OBIP agreements. Since the inputs used to measure fair value are directly or indirectly observable in the marketplace, VCIP and OBIP accrued liability was transferred out of the Level 3

F-49

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

fair value measurement to the Level 2 fair value measurement upon the consummation of the Merger on June 18, 2021.

As of December 31, 2021, the VCIP and OBIP awards were paid in full and the fair value of the VCIP and OBIP accrued liability was transferred out of the Level 2 fair value measurement and reduced to zero.

Changes in the Level 3 Fair Value Measurement

The changes in fair value of the Level 3 liabilities are as follows (dollars in thousands):


	December 31, 2021			December 31, 2020
Balance, beginning of period	$	286		$	286
VCIP/OBIP liability transferred out of Level 3		(286	)		—
Closing-date fair value of warrant liability		2,008			—
Changes in fair value of warrant liability		(1,241	)		—

Balance, end of period	$	767		$	286

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the gain recognized due to decrease in the fair value of warrant liability was $1.2 million and was recorded within other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. There were no gains or losses recognized due to change in the fair value during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

22.

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share

As discussed in Note 3, the shares and corresponding capital amounts and earnings per share available for common stockholders, prior to the Merger, have been retroactively restated as shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Merger. As a result of the Merger, the Company has retrospectively adjusted the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding prior to June 18, 2021 by multiplying them by the exchange ratio of 66,637 used to determine the number of shares of Class A common stock into which they converted.

Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period, and excludes any dilutive effects of employee stock-based awards. Diluted net loss per share is computed giving effect to all potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock, including Class A common stock issuable upon vesting of stock-based payment awards and contingent earnout shares. Basic and diluted loss per share was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential Class A common stock outstanding would have been antidilutive.

F-50

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

The computation of loss per share and weighted average shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019 are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021			2020			2019
Numerator:
Loss attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted	$	(103,194	)	$	(4,645	)	$	(6,913	)
Denominator:
Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted		79,964			66,637			66,637
Loss per share:
Basic and diluted	$	(1.29	)	$	(0.07	)	$	(0.10	)

The following outstanding common stock equivalents were either considered antidilutive or were contingently issuable upon the resolution of their contingencies, and therefore, excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods presented (in thousands):


	Years Ended December 31,
	2021		2020		2019
Earn-Out Shares		5,000		—		—
Lock-Up Shares		2,544		—		—
Finders Agreement Shares (1)		1,644		—		—
Warrants to purchase common stock		13,333		—		—
RSUs		4,981		—		—
PSUs		1,612		—		—

Total		29,114		—		—

(1)

Represents 1,643,750 Class A common stock to be issued only if the price of Class A common stock trading on Nasdaq exceeds certain thresholds during the seven-year period beginning June 18, 2021 through June 18, 2028, pursuant to the terms of the Finders Agreement. No contingent consideration shares were issued during the year ended December 31, 2021.

23.

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, $55.5 million and $56.5 million of the term loan principal was outstanding, respectively. The term loan is due December 31, 2025. See Note 11 for more information.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to the possibility of various gain or loss contingencies arising in the ordinary course of business that will ultimately be resolved depending on future events. The Company considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset, or the incurrence of a liability, as well as the ability to

F-51

LIVEVOX HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. An estimated loss contingency is accrued when information available prior to issuance of the consolidated financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs are expensed as incurred. Gain contingencies are not recognized until they’re realized or realizable.

Indemnification Agreements

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors, officers and certain employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. There are no claims that the Company is aware of that could have a material effect on its consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.

Litigation and Claims

From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, the Company may be subject to various claims, charges, investigations, and litigation.

The Company is engaged in three collection actions against former customers who defaulted in their contractual obligations. Two of those customers have filed counterclaims against LiveVox, also alleging breach of contract. LiveVox is vigorously defending against these counterclaims while pursuing its own claims and believes that the counterclaims are without merit. The Company does not expect that any of the three cases will have a material adverse effect on its business operations or financial position. As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, a potential loss as a result of the aforementioned cases is neither probable nor estimable.

24.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the consolidated financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

F-52

LOGO

Up to 85,795,425 Shares of Class A Common Stock

Up to 13,333,328 Shares of Class A Common Stock Issuable Upon Exercise of Warrants

Up to 833,333 Warrants to Purchase Class A Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

April 28, 2022